LTC3882EUJ-1#PBF [Linear]

暂无描述;
LTC3882EUJ-1#PBF
型号: LTC3882EUJ-1#PBF
厂家: Linear    Linear
描述:

暂无描述

文件: 总108页 (文件大小:1359K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
LTC3882-1  
Dual Output PolyPhase  
Step-Down DC/DC Voltage Mode Controller  
with Digital Power System Management  
FeaTures  
DescripTion  
2
The LTC®3882-1 is a dual, PolyPhase DC/DC synchronous  
step-down switching regulator controller with PMBus  
compliant serial interface. It uses a constant frequency,  
leading-edge modulation, voltage mode architecture for  
excellent transient response and output regulation. Each  
PWM channel can produce output voltages from 0.5V to  
5.25Vusingawiderangeof3.3Vcompatiblepowerstages,  
including power blocks, DrMOS or discrete FET drivers.  
Up to four LTC3882-1 devices can operate in parallel for  
2-, 3-, 4-, 6- or 8-phase operation.  
n
PMBus/I C Compliant Serial Interface  
– Monitor Voltage, Current, Temperature and Faults  
– Program Voltage, Soft-Start/Stop, Sequencing,  
Margining, AVP and UV/OV/OC Limits  
n
n
n
3V ≤ VINSNS ≤ 38V, 0.5V ≤ V  
0.5ꢀ Output Voltage Error  
≤ 5.25V  
OUT  
Programmable PWM Frequency or External Clock  
Synchronization from 250kHz to 1.25MHz  
Accurate PolyPhase® Current Sharing  
Internal EEPROM with Fault Logging  
IC Supply Range: 3V to 13.2V  
Resistor or Inductor DCR Current Sensing  
Power Good Output Voltage Monitor  
Optional Resistor Programming for Key Parameters  
40-Pin (6mm × 6mm) QFN Package  
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
System configuration and monitoring is supported by the  
LTpowerPlaysoftwaretool.TheLTC3882-1serialinterface  
can read back input voltage, output voltage and current,  
temperatureandfaultstatus.Mostoperatingparameterscan  
be set via the digital interface or stored in internal EEPROM  
foruseatpowerup. Switchingfrequencyandphase, output  
voltage and device address can also be set using external  
configuration resistors.  
applicaTions  
n
High Current Distributed Power Systems  
n
Servers, Network and Storage Equipment  
L, LT, LTC, LTM, Linear Technology,the Linear logo and PolyPhase are registered trademarks  
and LTpowerPlay is a trademark of Linear Technology Corporation. All other trademarks are the  
property of their respective owners. Protected by U.S. Patents, including 5396245, 5859606,  
6144194, 6937178, 7420359 and 7000125.  
n
Intelligent Energy Efficient Power Regulation  
PWM ENABLE  
OUTPUT  
TG/BG  
HW WRITE  
DEDICATED  
DIFFERENTIAL  
SENSE  
Typical applicaTion  
CONTROL PROTECT PGOOD OUTPUT  
V
OUT  
LTC3882  
V
Only  
OUT0  
LTC3882-1  
V
& V  
OUT0 OUT1  
V
IN  
7V TO 13.2V  
+
V
VINSNS  
V
CC  
SENSE0  
FB0  
V
FDMF5820DC  
PWM  
IN  
LTC3882-1  
Load Step Transient Current Sharing  
(Using FDMF5820DC DrMOS)  
V
SDA  
OUT  
1V  
70A  
SW  
SCL  
COMP0  
COMP1  
PWM0  
TSNS0  
TO/FROM  
MCU  
ALERT  
RUN0  
RUN1  
GND  
I
OUT  
10A/DIV  
PGOOD0  
FAULT0  
+
SENSE0  
I
I
SENSE0  
+
TO/FROM  
EXTERNAL DEVICES  
PGOOD1  
FAULT1  
V
I
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
+
SYNC  
FDMF5820DC  
PWM  
I
V
SENSE1  
IN  
SHARE_CLK  
I
I
AVG0  
AVG1  
SW  
PWM1  
TSNS1  
I
, I  
L0 L1  
10A/DIV  
I
AVG_GND  
GND  
SENSE0  
V
V
38821 TA01b  
50µs/DIV  
SENSE1  
GND  
38821 TA01a  
INDUCTORS: COOPER FP1007R1-R22  
SOME DETAILS OMITTED FOR CLARITY  
38821f  
1
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Table oF conTenTs  
Features..................................................... 1  
Applications ................................................ 1  
Typical Application ........................................ 1  
Description.................................................. 1  
Absolute Maximum Ratings.............................. 4  
Order Information.......................................... 4  
Pin Configuration .......................................... 4  
Electrical Characteristics................................. 5  
Typical Performance Characteristics ................... 9  
Pin Functions..............................................13  
Block Diagram.............................................15  
Test Circuit.................................................16  
Timing Diagram...........................................16  
Operation...................................................16  
Overview ............................................................ 16  
Main Control Loop.............................................. 17  
Power-Up and Initialization................................. 19  
Soft-Start ...........................................................20  
Time-Based Output Sequencing .........................20  
Output Ramping Control.....................................20  
Voltage-Based Output Sequencing .....................20  
Minimum Output Disable Times .........................21  
Output Short Cycle.............................................21  
Light Load Current Operation .............................21  
Switching Frequency and Phase.........................21  
PolyPhase Load Sharing.....................................22  
Active Voltage Positioning..................................22  
Input Supply Monitoring.....................................22  
Output Voltage Sensing and Monitoring.............22  
Output Current Sensing and Monitoring.............22  
External and Internal Temperature Sense...........23  
Resistor Configuration Pins................................23  
Internal EEPROM with CRC ................................24  
Fault Detection....................................................24  
Input Supply Faults.............................................24  
Serial Communication Errors..............................36  
PMBus Command Summary ............................37  
PMBus Commands.............................................37  
Data Formats......................................................37  
Applications Information ................................42  
Efficiency Considerations ...................................42  
PWM Frequency and Inductor Selection.............42  
Power MOSFET Selection...................................43  
MOSFET Driver Selection ...................................44  
Using PWM Protocols ........................................44  
C Selection.......................................................44  
IN  
OUT  
C
Selection....................................................45  
Feedback Loop Compensation............................46  
PCB Layout Considerations................................47  
Output Current Sensing......................................48  
Output Voltage Sensing......................................50  
Soft-Start and Stop ............................................ 51  
Time-Based Output Sequencing and Ramping ... 51  
Voltage-Based Output Sequencing .....................52  
Using Output Voltage Servo ...............................54  
Using AVP ..........................................................54  
PWM Frequency Synchronization.......................55  
PolyPhase Operation and Load Sharing .............56  
External Temperature Sense...............................60  
Resistor Configuration Pins................................60  
Internal Regulator Outputs .................................62  
IC Junction Temperature.....................................62  
Derating EEPROM Retention at Temperature......63  
Configuring Open-Drain Pins..............................63  
PMBus Communication and Command Processing64  
Status and Fault Log Management.....................65  
LTpowerPlay – An Interactive Digital Power GUI 65  
Interfacing to the DC1613...................................66  
Design Example..................................................66  
PMBus COMMAND DETAILS.............................70  
Addressing and Write Protect.................................70  
PAGE ..................................................................70  
PAGE_PLUS_WRITE ..........................................70  
PAGE_PLUS_READ............................................71  
WRITE_PROTECT...............................................71  
MFR_ADDRESS .................................................72  
MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS .......................................72  
General Device Configuration .................................72  
PMBUS_REVISION.............................................72  
CAPABILITY........................................................72  
MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1 .........................73  
On, Off and Margin Control.....................................73  
ON_OFF_CONFIG................................................73  
OPERATION........................................................ 74  
Hardwired PWM Response to V  
Faults .........24  
OUT  
Power Good Indication (Master).........................25  
Power Good Indication (Slave) ...........................25  
Hardwired PWM Response to I  
Faults ............... 25  
OUT  
Hardwired PWM Response to Temperature Faults.. 25  
Hardwired PWM Response to Timing Faults ......26  
External Faults....................................................26  
Fault Handling.....................................................26  
Status Registers and ALERT Masking.................26  
FAULT Pin I/O......................................................28  
Fault Logging......................................................28  
Factory Default Operation...................................31  
Serial Interface ...................................................32  
Serial Bus Addressing ........................................32  
Serial Bus Timeout .............................................36  
MFR_RESET....................................................... 74  
38821f  
2
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Table oF conTenTs  
PWM Configuration ................................................75  
FREQUENCY_SWITCH........................................75  
MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1.......................76  
MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 ......................77  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1 .........................78  
Input Voltage and Limits.........................................79  
VIN_ON ..............................................................79  
VIN_OFF .............................................................79  
VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT........................................79  
VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT .......................................79  
Output Voltage and Limits ......................................80  
VOUT_MODE ......................................................80  
VOUT_COMMAND..............................................80  
MFR_VOUT_MAX ...............................................80  
VOUT_MAX ........................................................81  
MFR_VOUT_AVP ................................................81  
VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH........................................81  
VOUT_MARGIN_LOW.........................................81  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT ....................................81  
VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT....................................82  
VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT....................................82  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT ....................................82  
Output Current and Limits ......................................83  
IOUT_CAL_GAIN ................................................83  
MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC.................................83  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT .....................................83  
IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT.....................................83  
Output Timing, Delays, and Ramping .....................84  
MFR_RESTART_DELAY......................................84  
TON_DELAY .......................................................84  
TON_RISE ..........................................................84  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT...................................85  
VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE .................................85  
TOFF_DELAY ......................................................85  
TOFF_FALL .........................................................85  
TOFF_MAX_WARN_LIMIT..................................85  
External Temperature and Limits............................86  
MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN ...........................................86  
MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET.......................................86  
OT_FAULT_LIMIT................................................86  
OT_WARN_LIMIT ...............................................86  
UT_FAULT_LIMIT................................................87  
Status Reporting.....................................................87  
STATUS_BYTE....................................................87  
STATUS_WORD..................................................88  
STATUS_VOUT ...................................................88  
STATUS_IOUT ....................................................89  
STATUS_INPUT..................................................89  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE....................................89  
STATUS_CML .....................................................90  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC....................................90  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1 .....................................91  
MFR_COMMON..................................................91  
CLEAR_FAULTS..................................................92  
Telemetry................................................................92  
READ_VIN ..........................................................92  
MFR_VIN_PEAK .................................................93  
READ_VOUT.......................................................93  
MFR_VOUT_PEAK ..............................................93  
READ_IOUT........................................................93  
MFR_IOUT_PEAK...............................................93  
READ_POUT.......................................................93  
READ_TEMPERATURE_1 ...................................94  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_1_PEAK ..........................94  
READ_TEMPERATURE_2...................................94  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_2_PEAK..........................94  
READ_DUTY_CYCLE ..........................................94  
READ_FREQUENCY............................................94  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS .........................................94  
Fault Response and Communication.......................95  
VIN_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE...............................95  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE............................96  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE............................96  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE.............................97  
OT_FAULT_RESPONSE.......................................98  
UT_FAULT_RESPONSE.......................................98  
MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE .............................98  
TON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE..........................99  
MFR_RETRY_DELAY..........................................99  
SMBALERT_MASK ...........................................100  
MFR_FAULT_PROPAGATE_LTC3882-1 ............ 101  
MFR_FAULT_RESPONSE.................................. 101  
EEPROM User Access........................................... 102  
MFR_FAULT_LOG............................................. 102  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_CLEAR................................ 102  
STORE_USER_ALL .......................................... 103  
RESTORE_USER_ALL...................................... 103  
MFR_COMPARE_USER_ALL ........................... 103  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE ............................... 103  
MFR_EE_xxxx.................................................. 103  
USER_DATA_0x ............................................... 103  
Unit Identification .................................................104  
MFR_ID ............................................................104  
MFR_MODEL....................................................104  
MFR_SERIAL....................................................104  
Typical Applications.................................... 105  
Package Description ................................... 107  
Typical Application ..................................... 108  
Related Parts............................................ 108  
38821f  
3
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
absoluTe MaxiMuM raTings  
pin conFiguraTion  
(Note 1)  
TOP VIEW  
V
CC  
Supply Voltage .................................... –0.3V to 15V  
VINSNS Voltage ......................................... –0.3V to 40V  
V
V
...................................................... –0.3V to 1V  
SENSEn  
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31  
+
+
, I  
, I  
........................ –0.3V to 6V  
SENSEn SENSEn SENSEn  
COMP0  
TSNS0  
TSNS1  
VINSNS  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
30  
29  
28  
I
AVG1  
FBn, COMPn, TSNSn, I  
, I  
...... –0.3V to 3.6V  
AVG_GND AVGn  
FB1  
SYNC, FAULTn, PGOODn, SHARE_CLK........–0.3V to 3.6V  
SCL, SDA, RUNn, ALERT........................... –0.3V to 5.5V  
ASELn, VOUTn_CFG, FREQ_CFG,  
COMP1  
27 PGOOD1  
26 PWM1  
41  
GND  
I
AVG_GND  
PGOOD0  
PWM0  
SYNC  
SCL  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
V
V
CC  
PHAS_CFG.............................................. –0.3V to 2.75V  
DD33  
PWMn, V  
DD33  
.................................................. (Note 13)  
............................................................... (Note 14)  
DD25  
SHARE_CLK  
V
V
DD25  
Operating Junction Temperature  
SDA 10  
PHAS_CFG  
(Notes 2, 3).......................................... –40°C to 125°C*  
Storage Temperature Range ................ –65°C to 125°C*  
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20  
*See Derating EEPROM Retention at Temperature in the  
ApplicationsInformationsectionforjunctiontemperatures  
in excess of 125°C.  
UJ PACKAGE  
40-LEAD (6mm × 6mm) PLASTIC QFN  
T
= 125°C, θ = 33°C/W , θ = 2.5°C/W  
JA JC  
EXPOSED PAD (PIN 41) IS GND, MUST BE SOLDERED TO PCB  
JMAX  
orDer inForMaTion  
LEAD FREE FINISH  
LTC3882EUJ-1#PBF  
LTC3882IUJ-1#PBF  
TAPE AND REEL  
PART MARKING*  
LTC3882UJ-1  
LTC3882UJ-1  
PACKAGE DESCRIPTION  
TEMPERATURE RANGE  
LTC3882EUJ-1#TRPBF  
LTC3882IUJ-1#TRPBF  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
40-Lead (6mm × 6mm) Plastic QFN  
40-Lead (6mm × 6mm) Plastic QFN  
Consult LTC Marketing for parts specified with wider operating temperature ranges. *The temperature grade is identified by a label on the shipping container.  
Consult LTC Marketing for information on nonstandard lead based finish parts.  
For more information on lead free part marking, go to: http://www.linear.com/leadfree/  
For more information on tape and reel specifications, go to: http://www.linear.com/tapeandreel/  
38821f  
4
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
elecTrical characTerisTics The l denotes the specifications which apply over the specified operating  
junction temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TJ = 25°C (Note 2). VCC = 5V, VSENSE0+ = VSENSE1+ = 1.8V, VSENSE0  
VSENSE1= IAVG_GND = GND = 0V, fSYNC = 500kHz (externally driven) unless otherwise specified.  
=
SYMBOL  
IC Supply  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX UNITS  
V
V
V
V
V
Voltage Range  
V
V
V
= Internal LDO  
4.5  
3
13.8  
3.6  
3
V
V
CC  
CC  
DD33  
l
l
Voltage Range  
= V  
(Note 6)  
DD33  
DD33_EXT  
UVLO  
DD33  
CC  
Undervoltage Lockout Threshold  
Rising  
Hysteresis  
V
mV  
DD33  
42  
32  
70  
I
t
IC Operating Current  
mA  
ms  
Q
Controller Initialization Time  
Delay from RESTORE_USER_ALL, MFR_RESET or  
INIT  
V
> V  
Until TON_DELAY Can Begin  
UVLO  
DD33  
V
Linear Regulator  
DD33  
DD33  
DD33  
V
V
Regulator Output Voltage  
Current Limit  
V
≥ 4.5V  
CC  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
V
DD33  
DD33  
I
V
V
DD33  
V
DD33  
= 2.8V  
= 0V  
85  
40  
mA  
mA  
V
Linear Regulator  
DD25  
DD25  
DD25  
V
V
V
Regulator Output Voltage  
Current Limit  
2.25  
3
2.5  
95  
2.75  
38  
V
DD25  
DD25  
I
mA  
PWM Control Loops  
VINSNS  
V
IN  
Sense Voltage Range  
V
R
VINSNS Input Resistance  
Range 0 Maximum V  
278  
kΩ  
VINSNS  
OUT_R0  
V
5.25  
0.2  
V
%
OUT  
Range 0 Set Point Error (Note 7)  
0.6V ≤ V  
0.6V ≤ V  
≤ 5V  
OUT  
OUT  
l
l
≤ 5V  
–0.5  
–0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
%
Range 0 Set Point Resolution  
1.375  
mV  
V
Range 1 Maximum V  
2.65  
0.2  
V
%
OUT_R1  
VSENSE  
OUT  
Range 1 Set Point Error (Note 7)  
0.6V ≤ V  
0.6V ≤ V  
≤ 2.5V  
≤ 2.5V  
OUT  
OUT  
%
Range 1 Set Point Resolution  
0.6875  
mV  
+
I
V
V
Input Current  
V
SENSE  
V
SENSE  
= 5.5V  
= 0V  
235  
–335  
µA  
µA  
SENSE  
V
Line Regulation, No Output Servo  
4.5V ≤ V ≤ 13.2V (See Test Circuit)  
–0.02  
0.02  
–96  
%/V  
mV  
LINEREG  
CC  
CC  
l
AVP  
AVP ∆V  
AVP = 10%, VOUT_COMMAND = 1.8V,  
–118 –108  
OUT  
I
Differential Step 3mV to 12mV  
SENSE  
with IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT = 15mV  
A
Error Amplifier Open-Loop Voltage Gain  
Error Amplifier Slew Rate  
87  
9.5  
30  
dB  
V/µs  
MHz  
V(OL)  
SR  
f
I
Error Amplifier Bandwidth  
(Note 12)  
0dB  
Error Amplifier Output Current  
Sourcing  
Sinking  
–2.6  
34  
mA  
mA  
COMP  
+
l
l
R
Resistance Between V  
and FB  
Range 0  
Range 1  
52  
37  
67  
49  
83  
61  
kΩ  
kΩ  
VSFB  
SENSE  
V
I
I
I
Differential Input Range  
Input Current  
70  
0.1  
175  
mV  
µA  
ISENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
I
I
0V ≤ V ≤ 5.5V  
–1  
1
ISENSE  
PIN  
Current Sense Offset  
Referred to I  
Inputs  
Inputs  
µV  
µV  
AVG_VOS  
AVG  
SENSE  
l
–600  
650  
V
SIOS  
Slave Current Sharing Offset  
SYNC Frequency Error  
Referred to I  
300  
µV  
µV  
SENSE  
l
l
–800  
–10  
700  
10  
f
250kHz ≤ f  
≤ 1.25MHz  
SYNC  
%
38821f  
5
SYNC  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
elecTrical characTerisTics The l denotes the specifications which apply over the specified operating  
junction temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TJ = 25°C (Note 2). VCC = 5V, VSENSE0+ = VSENSE1+ = 1.8V, VSENSE0  
VSENSE1= IAVG_GND = GND = 0V, fSYNC = 500kHz (externally driven) unless otherwise specified.  
=
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX UNITS  
Input Voltage Supervisor  
l
V
Input ON/OFF Threshold Error  
15V ≤ V  
≤ 35V  
IN_ON  
–2  
2
%
ON_TOL  
N
VON  
Input ON/OFF Threshold Resolution  
143  
mV  
Output Voltage Supervisors  
V
V
Range 0 Maximum Threshold  
Range 0 Error  
5.5  
11  
V
%
UVOV_R0  
l
l
2V ≤ V  
1V ≤ V  
≤ 5V (Falling for UV and Rising for OV)  
≤ 2.5V (Falling for UV and Rising for OV)  
–1  
–1  
1
OUT  
OUT  
Range 0 Threshold Resolution  
Range 0 Threshold Hysteresis  
mV  
mV  
54  
Range 1 Maximum Threshold  
Range 1 Error  
Range 1 Threshold Resolution  
Range 1 Threshold Hysteresis  
2.75  
5.5  
V
%
mV  
mV  
UVOV_R1  
1
27  
Output Current Supervisors  
+
+
+
l
l
l
V
Output Current Limit Tolerance  
SENSE  
15mV < I  
30mV < I  
50mV < I  
– I  
– I  
– I  
≤ 30mV  
≤ 50mV  
≤ 70mV  
–1.7  
–2.5  
–5.2  
1.7  
2.5  
5.2  
mV  
mV  
mV  
ILIM_TOL  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
+
I
– I  
SENSE  
+
N
lLIM  
I
– I  
Threshold Resolution  
1LSB  
0.4  
10  
mV  
SENSE  
SENSE  
ADC Readback Telemetry (Note 8)  
N
VINSNS Readback Resolution  
(Note 9)  
Bits  
VIN  
V
VINSNS Total Unadjusted Readback Error 4.5V ≤ VINSNS ≤ 38V  
0.5  
2
%
%
IN_TUE  
l
N
PWM Duty Cycle Resolution  
(Note 9)  
PWM Duty Cycle = 12.5%  
10  
Bits  
%
DC  
DC  
PWM Duty Cycle Total Unadjusted  
Readback Error  
–2  
2
TUE  
N
V
V
Readback Resolution  
244  
0.2  
µV  
VOUT  
OUT  
OUT  
V
Total Unadjusted Readback Error  
0.6V ≤ V  
≤ 5.5V, Constant Load  
%
%
OUT_TUE  
OUT  
l
–0.5  
0.5  
N
I
Readback Resolution  
(Note 9)  
0mV ≤ |I  
10  
15.625  
31.25  
62.5  
Bits  
µV  
µV  
µV  
µV  
ISENSE  
OUT  
+
LSB Step Size (at I  
)
– I  
| < 16mV  
SENSE  
SENSE  
16mV ≤ |I  
32mV ≤ |I  
SENSE  
+
– I  
| < 32mV  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
SENSE  
+
– I  
| < 63.9mV  
+
63.9mV ≤ |I  
– I  
| ≤ 70mV  
125  
+
l
I
I
I
I
Total Unadjusted Readback Error  
Zero-Code Offset Voltage  
|I  
– I  
| ≥ 6mV, 0V ≤ V ≤ 5.5V  
OUT  
–1  
1
%
µV  
°C  
SENSE_TUE  
OUT  
OUT  
SENSE  
SENSE  
32  
SENSE_OS  
N
TEMP  
Temperature Resolution  
0.25  
T
External Temperature Total Unadjusted  
Readback Error  
TSNS0, TSNS1 ≤ 1.85V (Note 10)  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1[6] = 0  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1[6] = 1  
EXT_TUE  
l
l
–3  
–7  
3
7
°C  
°C  
T
Internal Temperature Total Unadjusted  
Readback Error  
Internal Diode (Note 10)  
1
°C  
INT_TUE  
t
Update Rate  
(Note 11)  
100  
ms  
CONVERT  
Internal EEPROM (Notes 4, 6)  
Endurance  
Retention  
Number of Write Operations  
Stored Data Retention  
0°C ≤ T ≤ 85°C During All Write Operations  
10,000  
10  
Cycles  
Years  
s
J
T ≤ 125°C  
J
Mass Write Time STORE_USER_ALL Execution Duration  
0°C ≤ T ≤ 85°C During All Write Operations  
0.2  
2
J
38821f  
6
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
elecTrical characTerisTics The l denotes the specifications which apply over the specified operating  
junction temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TJ = 25°C (Note 2). VCC = 5V, VSENSE0+ = VSENSE1+ = 1.8V, VSENSE0  
VSENSE1= IAVG_GND = GND = 0V, fSYNC = 500kHz (externally driven) unless otherwise specified.  
=
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX UNITS  
Digital Inputs (SCL, SDA, RUNn, FAULTn, SYNC, SHARE_CLOCK)  
l
l
V
V
Input High Voltage  
Input Low Voltage  
SCL, SDA, RUN0, RUN1, FAULT0, FAULT1  
2.0  
1.8  
V
V
IH  
SYNC, SHARE_CLK  
l
l
SCL, SDA, RUN0, RUN1, FAULT0, FAULT1  
SYNC, SHARE_CLK  
1.4  
0.6  
V
V
IL  
V
C
Input Hysteresis  
Input Capacitance  
SCL, SDA  
80  
mV  
pF  
HYST  
IN  
SCL, SDA, RUN0, RUN1, FAULT0, FAULT1, SYNC,  
SHARE_CLK (Note 12)  
10  
t
Input Digital Filter Delay  
FAULT0, FAULT1  
RUN0, RUN1  
3
10  
µs  
µs  
FILT  
Digital Outputs (SCL, SDA, RUNn, FAULTn, SYNC, SHARE_CLOCK, ALERT, PWMn, PGOODn)  
l
V
Output Low Voltage  
I
= 3mA; SDA, SCL, RUN0, RUN1, FAULT0,  
SINK  
0.2  
0.4  
0.3  
V
OL  
FAULT1, SYNC, SHARE_CLK, ALERT,  
l
l
I
= 2mA; PWMn, PGOODn  
V
V
SINK  
V
PWMn Output High Voltage  
I
= 2mA  
2.7  
OH  
SOURCE  
I
Output Leakage Current  
0V ≤ PWM0, PWM1, PGOOD0, PGOOD1 ≤ V  
–1  
–5  
1
5
µA  
µA  
LKG  
DD33  
0V ≤ FAULT0, FAULT1, SYNC, SHARE_CLK ≤ 3.6V  
0V ≤ RUN0, RUN1 ≤ 5.5V  
l
0V ≤ SCL, SDA, ALERT ≤ 5.5V  
–5  
5
µA  
ns  
ns  
t
t
PWMn Output Rise Time  
PWMn Output Fall Time  
C
C
= 30pF, 10% to 90%  
= 30pF, 90% to 10%  
5
4
RO  
LOAD  
LOAD  
FO  
Serial Bus Timing  
l
l
l
f
t
t
Serial Bus Operating Frequency  
10  
1.3  
0.6  
400  
kHz  
µs  
SMB  
Bus Free Time Between Stop and Start  
BUF  
Hold Time After (Repeated) Start  
Condition. After This Period, the First  
Clock Is Generated  
µs  
HD,STA  
l
l
t
t
t
Repeated Start Condition Setup Time  
Stop Condition Setup Time  
0.6  
0.6  
µs  
µs  
SU,STA  
SU,STO  
HD,DAT  
Data Hold Time:  
Receiving Data  
Transmitting Data  
l
l
0
0.3  
ns  
µs  
0.9  
l
l
l
l
t
t
t
t
Input Data Setup Time  
Clock Low Timeout  
100  
25  
ns  
ms  
µs  
SU,DAT  
TIMEOUT  
LOW  
35  
Serial Clock Low Period  
Serial Clock High Period  
1.3  
0.6  
10000  
µs  
HIGH  
38821f  
7
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
elecTrical characTerisTics  
Note 1: Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings  
may cause permanent damage to the device. Exposure to any Absolute  
Maximum Rating condition for extended periods may affect device  
reliability and lifetime.  
Note 5: All currents into device pins are positive; all currents out of device  
pins are negative. All voltages are referenced to GND unless otherwise  
specified.  
Note 6: Minimum EEPROM endurance, retention and mass write time  
Note 2: The LTC3882-1 is tested under pulsed load conditions such that  
specifications apply when writing data with 3.15V ≤ V  
EEPROM read commands are valid over the entire specified V  
operating range.  
≤ 3.45V.  
DD33  
DD33  
T ≈ T . The LTC3882-1E is guaranteed to meet performance specifications  
J
A
from 0°C to 85°C. Specifications over the –40°C to 125°C operating  
junction temperature range are assured by design, characterization and  
correlation with statistical process controls. The LTC3882-1I is guaranteed  
over the full –40°C to 125°C operating junction temperature range.  
Note 7: Specified V  
error with AVP = 0% requires servo mode to be  
OUT  
set with MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1 command bit 6. Performance is  
guaranteed by testing the LTC3882-1 in a feedback loop that servos V  
to a specified value.  
Note 8: ADC tested with PWMs disabled. Comparable capability  
demonstrated by in-circuit evaluations. Total Unadjusted Error includes all  
gain and linearity errors, as well as offsets.  
OUT  
Junction temperature T is calculated in °C from the ambient temperature  
J
T and power dissipation P according to the formula:  
A
D
T = T + (P θ )  
JA  
J
A
D
where θ is the package thermal impedance. Note that the maximum  
JA  
ambient temperature consistent with these specifications is determined by  
specific operating conditions in conjunction with board layout, the rated  
package thermal impedance and other environmental factors. Refer to the  
Applications Information section.  
Note 9: Internal 32-bit calculations using 16-bit ADC results are limited to  
10-bit resolution by PMBus Linear 11-bit data format.  
Note 10: Limits guaranteed by TSNS voltage and current measurements  
during test, including ADC readback.  
Note 3: This IC includes overtemperature protection that is intended to  
protect the device during momentary overload conditions. The maximum  
rated junction temperature will be exceeded when this protection is active.  
Continuous operation above the specified absolute maximum operating  
junction temperature may impair device reliability or permanently damage  
the device.  
Note 4: EEPROM endurance, retention and mass write times are  
guaranteed by design, characterization and correlation with statistical  
process controls. Minimum retention applies only for devices cycled less  
than the minimum endurance specification. EEPROM read commands  
(e.g. RESTORE_USER_ALL) are valid over the entire specified operating  
junction temperature range.  
Note 11: Data conversion is done in round robin fashion. All inputs signals  
are continuously scanned in sequence resulting in a typical conversion  
latency of 100ms.  
Note 12: Guaranteed by design.  
Note 13: Do not apply a voltage or current source directly to these pins.  
They should only be connected to passive RC loads, otherwise permanent  
damage may occur.  
Note 14: Do not apply a voltage source to this pin unless shorted to V  
.
CC  
See Electrical Characteristics for applicable limits beyond which permanent  
damage may occur.  
38821f  
8
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Typical perForMance characTerisTics  
LTC3882-1 1.0V Regulated Output  
vs Temperature  
Typical LTC3882-1 Output Voltage  
Distribution at 0°C  
Typical LTC3882-1 Output Voltage  
Distribution at 105°C  
1.001  
1.0005  
1.0  
1000  
900  
800  
700  
600  
500  
400  
300  
200  
100  
0
1200  
1000  
800  
600  
400  
200  
0
1078 UNITS  
VOUT_COMMAND = 1.0V  
DIGITAL SERVO  
V
= 12V  
1094 UNITS  
IN  
VOUT_COMMAND = 1.0V  
DIGITAL SERVO ENGAGED  
VOUT_COMMAND = 1.0V  
DIGITAL SERVO  
ENGAGED  
ENGAGED  
I
= 6.5A  
OUT  
0.9995  
0.999  
0.9985  
–5  
15  
35  
55  
(°C)  
75  
95  
–1.25 –1 0.750.5–0.25 0 0.25 0.5 0.75  
ERROR (mV)  
1
1.25  
–2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 –0.5  
0
0.5  
1
1.5  
2
2.5  
T
V
V
OUT  
ERROR (mV)  
A
OUT  
38821 G01  
38821 G01a  
38821 G02  
Efficiency and Loss vs Load  
(2-Phase Using FDMF5820DC  
DRMOS)  
Efficiency vs Load Current  
(1-Phase Using D12S1R880A  
Power Block)  
Efficiency vs Load Current  
(3-Phase Using D12S1R845A  
Power Block)  
92  
91  
90  
89  
88  
87  
86  
85  
84  
83  
82  
81  
80  
13  
95  
90  
85  
80  
75  
94  
92  
90  
88  
86  
84  
82  
80  
V
= 12V  
V
V
= 12V  
IN  
IN  
OUT  
= 1.5V  
11  
9
7
3.3V  
2.5V  
1.8V  
1.5V  
1.2V  
1.0V  
5
V
V
= 12V  
= 1V  
3
IN  
OUT  
SYNC = 500kHz  
1
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80  
0
10  
20  
30  
40  
0
10  
20  
30  
40  
50  
60  
70  
LOAD CURRENT (A)  
LOAD CURRENT (A)  
LOAD CURRENT (A)  
38821 G03  
38821 G04  
38821 G05  
Typical Distribution of Slave  
IOUT Offset (Not Including DCR  
Mismatch)  
Typical Distribution of Slave  
Typical Distribution of Slave  
IOUT Offset (Not Including DCR  
Mismatch)  
IOUT Offset (Not Including DCR  
Mismatch)  
4000  
3500  
3000  
2500  
2000  
1500  
1000  
500  
3500  
3000  
2500  
2000  
1500  
1000  
500  
4500  
4000  
3500  
3000  
2500  
2000  
1500  
1000  
500  
9595 UNITS  
FROM 3 LOTS  
8593 UNITS  
FROM 3 LOTS  
11783 UNITS  
FROM 3 LOTS  
T
T
= –40°C  
= –22°C  
T
= 38°C  
T = 121°C  
A
J
J
J
CHO MASTER  
CHO MASTER  
CHO MASTER  
0
0
0
–400–300–200–100  
0
100 200 300 400  
–400–300–200–100  
0
100 200 300 400  
–300–200–100  
CH1 I OFFSET TO IDEAL (µV)  
SENSE  
38821 G08  
0
100 200 300 400 500  
CH1 I  
OFFSET TO IDEAL (µV)  
CH1 I  
OFFSET TO IDEAL (µV)  
SENSE  
SENSE  
38821 G06  
38821 G07  
38821f  
9
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Typical perForMance characTerisTics  
3-Phase DC Output Current  
Sharing (Using D12S1R845A  
Power Block  
Load Step Transient Current  
Sharing (Using FDMF6707B  
DrMOS)  
Load Dump Transient Current  
Sharing (Using FDMF6707B  
DrMOS)  
20  
18  
16  
14  
12  
10  
8
CHANNEL 1  
CHANNEL 2  
CHANNEL 3  
I
I
OUT  
OUT  
20A/DIV  
20A/DIV  
V
OUT  
V
20mV/DIV  
OUT  
20mV/DIV  
I
, I  
I
, I  
L1 L2  
L1 L2  
10A/DIV  
10A/DIV  
6
38821 G10  
38821 G11  
4
V
V
= 1V  
5µs/DIV  
V
V
= 1V  
5µs/DIV  
OUT  
IN  
OUT  
IN  
= 12V  
= 12V  
2
SYNC = 500kHz  
L = 320nH  
SYNC = 500kHz  
L = 320nH  
0
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80  
TOTAL RAIL CURRENT (A)  
38821 G09  
Efficiency and Power Loss vs  
Input Voltage  
(1-Phase Using LTC4449)  
1-Phase Single Cycle Response  
(Using D12S1R860A Power Block  
with COUT = 6 × 100µF X5R 1210)  
3-Phase Transient Response  
(Using D12S1R860A Power Block)  
100  
98  
96  
94  
92  
90  
88  
86  
84  
82  
80  
3.0  
2.5  
2.0  
1.5  
1.0  
0.5  
0
V
= 1.8V  
O
V
OUT  
(20mV/DIV)  
I
OUT  
(10A/DIV)  
V
SW  
(10V/DIV)  
V
OUT  
(10mV/DIV)  
25mV  
P-P  
I
OUT  
(10A/DIV)  
38821 G13  
38821 G14  
100µs/DIV  
2µs/DIV  
POWER FET: BSC050N04LS G  
SYNC FET: BSC010N04LS  
V
V
= 0.9V/90A  
V
= 1V/25A  
OUT  
OUT  
IN  
= 12V  
V
= 12V  
IN  
5
10  
15  
V
20  
(V)  
25  
30  
SYNC = 500kHz  
L = 210nH  
SYNC = 1MHz  
L = 210nH  
IN  
38821 G12  
3+1 Channel Crosstalk  
(Using D12S1R845A Power  
Blocks)  
Load Step Transient Response  
Using AVP  
Line Step Transient Response  
(1-phase Using LTC4449)  
V
OUT0  
I
O
(1-PHASE)  
20mV/DIV  
10A/DIV  
7V  
V
IN  
2V/DIV  
V
OUT1  
(3-PHASE)  
20mV/DIV  
1.8V  
25%  
LOAD STEP  
I
OUT1  
V
10A/DIV  
OUT  
V
OUT  
50mV/DIV  
10mV/DIV  
38821 G15  
38821 G16  
38821 G17  
100µs/DIV  
200µs/DIV  
200µs/DIV  
38821f  
10  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Typical perForMance characTerisTics  
Soft-Start Ramp  
Start-Up Into a Prebiased Load  
Soft-Off Ramp  
RUN  
2V/DIV  
V
V
OUT  
0.5V/DIV  
0V  
OUT  
0.5V/DIV  
V
OUT  
I
, I  
I , I  
L1 L2  
10A/DIV  
L1 L2  
1V/DIV  
10A/DIV  
38821 G18  
38821 G19  
38821 G20  
5ms/DIV  
TOFF_DELAY = 10ms  
V
IN  
= 12V  
1ms/DIV  
V
IN  
= 12V  
1ms/DIV  
TOFF_FALL = 5ms  
Regulated Output vs Temperature  
VOUT_COMMAND INL  
VOUT_COMMAND DNL  
1.8000  
1.7995  
1.7990  
1.7985  
1.7980  
1.7975  
1.7970  
1.5  
1.0  
0.5  
0
1.0  
0.8  
VOUT_COMMAND = 1.8V  
DIGITAL SERVO OFF  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
–0.2  
–0.4  
–0.6  
–0.8  
–0.5  
–1.0  
–40 –20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
0.3  
1.1  
1.9  
2.7  
3.5  
(V)  
4.3  
5.1 5.5  
0.3  
1.1  
1.9  
2.7  
3.5  
(V)  
4.3  
5.1 5.5  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
V
V
OUT  
OUT  
38821 G01a  
38821 G01  
38821 G02  
Output Overvoltage Threshold  
Error vs Temperature  
Output Overcurrent Threshold  
Error vs Temperature  
PWM Frequency vs Temperature  
0.10  
0.05  
0
500.2  
500.1  
500.0  
499.9  
499.8  
499.7  
499.6  
499.5  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
–0.05  
–0.10  
–0.15  
–0.2  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT = 2V  
V
RANGE = 1  
FREQUENCY_SWITCH = 500kHz  
OUT  
–0.4  
–40 –20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
–40 –20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
–40 –20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
38821 G21  
38821 G23  
38821 G22  
38821f  
11  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Typical perForMance characTerisTics  
VIN(SNS) ADC TUE  
VOUT ADC TUE  
IOUT ADC TUE  
0
–1  
–2  
–3  
–4  
–5  
–6  
–7  
–8  
–9  
0.40  
0.30  
0.20  
0.10  
0
8
6
4
2
0
–0.10  
–0.20  
–0.30  
–0.40  
–2  
–4  
–6  
–8  
0
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 40  
VINSNS (V)  
4.5  
5
5.5  
0
5
10  
15  
20  
0.5  
1
1.5  
2
2.5  
V
3
3.5  
(V)  
4
OUTPUT CURRENT (A)  
OUT  
38821 G24  
38821 G25  
38821 G26  
SHARE_CLK Frequency vs  
Temperature  
IC Operating Current vs  
Temperature  
Temperature ADC TUE  
1.0  
0.8  
31.0  
30.8  
30.6  
30.4  
30.2  
30.0  
29.8  
29.6  
29.4  
110  
105  
100  
95  
V
CC  
= 14V  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
–0.2  
–0.4  
–0.6  
–0.8  
–1.0  
90  
–40 –20  
0
20 40 60 80 100 120  
–50 –30 –10 10 30 50 70 90 110  
–45 –25 –5 15 35 55 75 95 115  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
TEMPERATURE (°C)  
ACTUAL TEMPERATURE (°C)  
38821 G29  
38821 G28  
38821 G27  
38821f  
12  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pin FuncTions  
frequency with a 125ns pulse width. A pull-up resistor to  
3.3V is required in the application if SYNC is driven by  
any LTC3882-1. Minimize the capacitance on this line to  
ensure its time constant is fast enough for the application.  
COMP0/COMP1 (Pin 1/Pin 29): Error Amplifier Outputs.  
PWM duty cycle increases with this control voltage. These  
are true low impedance outputs and cannot be directly  
connectedtogetherwhenactive.ForPolyPhaseoperation,  
wiringFBtoV  
willthree-statetheerroramplifieroutput  
DD33  
SCL (Pin 9): Serial Bus Clock Input. A pull-up resistor to  
3.3V is required in the application.  
of that channel, making it a slave. PolyPhase control is  
then implemented in part by connecting all slave COMP  
pins together to one master error amplifier output.  
SDA (Pin 10): Serial Bus Data Input and Output. A pull-up  
resistor to 3.3V is required in the application.  
TSNS0/TSNS1 (Pin 2/Pin 3): External Temperature Sense  
Inputs. The LTC3882-1 supports two methods of calcula-  
tion of external temperature based on forward-biased P/N  
junctions between these pins and GND.  
ALERT (Pin 11): Open-Drain Status Output. This pin may  
be connected to the system SMBALERT wire-AND inter-  
rupt signal and should be left open if not used. If used, a  
pull-up resistor is required in the application. Operating  
VINSNS (Pin 4): V Supply Sense. Connect to the V  
IN  
IN  
voltage range is GND to V  
.
DD33  
power supply to provide line feedforward compensation.  
FAULT0/FAULT1 (Pin 12/Pin 13): Programmable Digital  
Inputs and Open-Drain Outputs for Fault Sharing. Used  
forchannel-to-channelfaultcommunicationandpropaga-  
tion. These pins should be left open if not used. If used,  
a pull-up resistor to 3.3V is required in the application.  
A change in V immediately modulates the input to the  
IN  
PWM comparator and inversely changes the pulse width  
to provide excellent transient line regulation and fixed  
modulator voltage gain. An external lowpass filter can be  
added to this pin to prevent noisy signals from affecting  
the loop gain.  
RUN0/RUN1 (Pin 14/Pin 15): Run Control Inputs and  
Open-Drain Outputs. A voltage above 2V is required on  
these pins to enable the respective PWM channel. The  
LTC3882-1 will drive these pins low under certain reset/  
restart conditions regardless of any PMBus command  
settings. A pull-up resistor to 3.3V is required in the ap-  
plication.  
I
(Pin 5): I  
Ground Reference. The same  
AVG  
AVG_GND  
I
should be shared between all channels of a  
AVG_GND  
PolyPhaserailandconnectedtosystemgroundatasingle  
point. I  
may be wired directly to GND on ICs that  
AVG_GND  
do not share phases with other chips.  
PGOOD/PGOOD1 (Pin 6/Pin 27): Power Good Indicator  
Open-DrainOutputs.Theseoutputsaredrivenlowthrough  
a 30µs filter when the respective channel output is below  
its programmed UV fault limit or above its programmed  
OV fault limit. If used, a pull-up resistor is required in the  
ASEL0/ASEL1 (Pin 16/Pin 17): Serial Bus Address Select  
Pins.Connectoptional1%resistordividersbetweenV  
DD25  
and GND to these pins to select the serial bus interface  
address. Refer to the Applications Information section  
for more detail.  
application. Operating voltage range is GND to V  
.
DD33  
V
/V  
(Pin 18/Pin 19): Output Voltage  
OUT0_CFG OUT1_CFG  
PWM0/PWM1 (Pin 7/Pin 26): PWM Three-State Control  
Outputs. These pins provide single-wire PWM switching  
control for each channel to an external gate driver, DrMOS  
Configuration Pins. Connect optional 1% resistor divid-  
ers between V and GND to these pins to select the  
DD25  
output voltage for each channel. Refer to the Applications  
Information section for more detail.  
or power block. Operating voltage range is GND to V  
.
DD33  
SYNC (Pin 8): External Clock Synchronization Input and  
Open-Drain Output. If desired, an external clock can be  
applied to this pin to synchronize the internal PWM chan-  
nels. If the LTC3882-1 is configured as a clock master, this  
pin will also pull to ground at the selected PWM switching  
FREQ_CFG(Pin20):FrequencyConfigurationPin.Connect  
an optional 1% resistor divider between V  
to this pin to configure PWM switching frequency. Refer  
to the Applications Information section for more detail.  
and GND  
DD25  
38821f  
13  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pin FuncTions  
PHAS_CFG (Pin 21): Phase Configuration Pin. Connect  
an optional 1% resistor divider between V  
to this pin to configure the phase of each PWM channel  
relative to SYNC. Refer to the Applications Information  
section for more detail.  
+
+
V
/V  
(Pin36/Pin33):PositiveOutputVoltage  
SENSE0 SENSE1  
and GND  
Sense Inputs. These pins must still be properly connected  
on slave channels for accurate output current telemetry.  
DD25  
I
/I  
(Pin 37/Pin 32): Current Sense Ampli-  
SENSE0 SENSE1  
fier Inputs. The (–) inputs to the amplifiers are normally  
connected to the low side of a DCR sensing network or  
output current sense resistor for each phase.  
V
DD25  
(Pin 22): Internal 2.5V Regulator Output. Bypass  
this pin to GND with a low ESR 1µF capacitor. Do not load  
thispinwithexternalcurrentbeyondthatrequiredforlocal  
LTC3882-1 configuration pins, if any.  
+
+
I
/I  
(Pin 38/Pin 31): Current Sense Ampli-  
SENSE0 SENSE1  
fier Inputs. The (+) inputs are normally connected to the  
high side of an output current sense resistor or the R-C  
midpoint of a parallel DCR sense circuit.  
SHARE_CLK (Pin 23): Share Clock Open-Drain Output  
(bussed). Share Clock, nominally 100kHz, is used to  
sequence multiple rails in a power system utilizing more  
than one LTC PSM controller. A pull-up resistor is required  
in the application. Minimize the capacitance on this line to  
ensurethetimeconstantisfastenoughfortheapplication.  
I
/I  
(Pin39/Pin31):AverageCurrentControlPins.  
AVG0 AVG1  
A capacitor connected between these pins and I  
storesavoltageproportionaltotheaverageoutputcurrent  
of the master channel. PolyPhase control is then imple-  
mented in part by connecting all slave I  
to the master I  
on channels that control single-phase outputs. Operating  
voltage range is GND to 2.1V.  
AVG_GND  
Operating voltage range is GND to V  
.
DD33  
pins together  
AVG  
V
(Pin24):Internal3.3VRegulatorOutput.Bypassthis  
output. This pin should be left open  
DD33  
AVG  
pin to GND witha lowESR 2.2µF capacitor. TheLTC3882-1  
may also be powered from an external 3.3V rail attached  
to this pin, if also shorted to V . Do not overload this pin  
CC  
FB0/FB1(Pin40/Pin30):ErrorAmplifierInvertingInputs.  
These pins provide an internally scaled version of the  
output voltage for use in loop compensation. Refer to the  
Applications Information section for additional details on  
compensatingtheoutputvoltagecontrolloopwithexternal  
components.  
with external system current. Local pull-up resistors for  
the LTC3882-1 itself may be powered from V  
. Refer  
DD33  
to the Applications Information section for more detail.  
V
(Pin 25): 3.3V Regulator Input. Bypass this pin to  
CC  
GND with a capacitor (0.1µF to 1µF ceramic) in close  
proximity to the IC.  
GND (Exposed Pad Pin 41): Ground and V  
. All  
SENSE1  
–/  
V
V
(Pin 35/Pin 34): Negative Output  
small-signal and compensation components should  
connect to this pad, which also serves as the negative  
voltage sense input for channel 1. The exposed pad must  
be soldered to a suitable PCB copper ground plane for  
proper electrical operation and to obtain the specified  
package thermal resistance.  
SENSE0  
SENSE1  
Voltage Sense Inputs. These pins must still be properly  
connected on slave channels for accurate output current  
telemetry.  
38821f  
14  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
block DiagraM  
ROM  
RAM  
EEPROM  
VINSNS  
PWM0  
R_CONFIG  
PMBus  
I
AVG0  
MCU AND  
CUSTOM  
LOGIC  
SHARE_CLK  
I
SENSE0  
2.5V  
REGULATOR  
12-BIT  
DAC  
V
SENSE0  
PGOOD0  
PWM0  
SYNC  
PLL  
V
REF  
VOLTAGE  
REFERENCE  
I
AVG_GND  
3.3V  
REGULATOR  
V
CC  
PWM1  
V
DD33  
PGOOD1  
V
BIAS AND  
HOUSEKEEPING  
SENSE1  
12-BIT  
DAC  
PWM1  
I
SENSE1  
VINSNS  
PWM0  
I
AVG1  
INTERNAL DATA BUS  
V
SENSE0  
VINSNS  
16-BIT  
ADC  
I
SENSE0  
ANALOG  
MUX  
TSNS0  
PWM1  
INTERNAL  
TEMPERATURE  
V
SENSE1  
I
SENSE1  
3882-1 BD  
TSNS1  
38821f  
15  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
(Channel 0 Example)  
TesT circuiT  
LTC3882-1  
1.024V  
V
R
12-BIT  
D/A  
DIGITAL  
+
EA  
+
V
V
FB0  
40  
COMP0  
1
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
35  
36  
+
LTC1055  
TARGET = VOUT_COMMAND  
1V  
38821 TC  
TiMing DiagraM  
SDA  
t
r
t
SU(DAT)  
t
t
SP  
t
HD(SDA)  
r
t
t
t
f
t
f
BUF  
LOW  
SCL  
t
t
t
SU(STO)  
HD(STA)  
SU(STA)  
t
t
HIGH  
HD(DAT)  
38821 TD  
START  
CONDITION  
REPEATED START  
CONDITION  
STOP  
START  
CONDITION CONDITION  
operaTion  
Overview  
Major features include:  
The LTC3882-1 is a dual channel/dual phase, constant  
frequency analog voltage mode controller for DC/DC step-  
down applications. It features a PMBus compliant digital  
interface for monitoring and control of important power  
system parameters. The chip operates from an IC power  
supplybetween3Vand13.2Vandisintendedforconversion  
• Digitally Programmable Output Voltage  
• Digitally Programmable Output Current Limit  
• Digitally Programmable Input Voltage Supervisor  
• Digitally Programmable Output Voltage Supervisors  
• Digitally Programmable Switching Frequency  
• Digitally Programmable On and Off Delay Times  
• Digitally Programmable Soft-Start/Stop  
from V between 3V and 38V to output voltages between  
IN  
0.5V and 5.25V. It is designed to be used in a switching  
architecture with external FET drivers, including higher  
level integrations such as non-isolated power blocks.  
38821f  
16  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
• Operating Condition Telemetry  
Main Control Loop  
• PhaseLockedLoopforSynchronousPolyPhaseOpera-  
The LTC3882-1 utilizes constant frequency voltage mode  
control with leading-edge modulation. This provides  
improved response to a load step increase, especially at  
tion (2, 3, 4, 6, or 8 phases)  
• Fully Differential Load Sense  
larger V /V  
ratios found in the low voltage, high cur-  
IN OUT  
• Non-Volatile Configuration Memory  
rent solutions demanded by modern digital subsystems.  
The LTC3882-1 leading-edge modulation architecture  
doesnothaveaminimumon-timerequirement. Minimum  
duty cycle will be determined by performance limits of  
the external power stage. The IC is also capable of active  
voltage positioning (AVP) to afford the smallest output  
capacitors possible for a given output voltage accuracy  
over the anticipated full load range. The LTC3882-1 error  
amplifiers have high bandwidth, low offset and low out-  
put impedance, allowing the control loop compensation  
network to be optimized for very high crossover frequen-  
cies and excellent transient response. The controller also  
achieves outstanding line transient response by using  
inputfeedforwardcompensationtoinstantaneouslyadjust  
PWM duty cycle and significantly reduce output under/  
overshootduringsupplyvoltagechanges.Thisalsohasthe  
added advantage of making the DC loop gain independent  
of input voltage.  
• Optional External Configuration Resistors for Key Op-  
erating Parameters  
• Optional Time-Base Interconnect for Synchronization  
Between Multiple Controllers  
• Fault Event Data Logging  
• Capable of Standalone Operation with Default Factory  
Configuration  
• PMBus Revision 1.2 Compliant Interface up to 400kHz  
The PMBus interface provides access to important power  
management data during system operation including:  
• Average Input Voltage  
• Average Output Voltages  
• Average Output Currents  
• Average PWM Duty Cycles  
• Internal LTC3882-1 Temperature  
• External Sensed Temperatures  
The main PWM control loop used for each channel is  
illustrated in Figure 1. During normal operation the top  
MOSFET (power switch) driving choke L1 is commanded  
off when the clock for that channel resets the RS latch.  
The power switch is commanded back on when the main  
PWM comparator VC, sets the RS latch. The error ampli-  
fier EA output (COMP) controls the PWM duty cycle to  
match the FB voltage to the EA positive terminal voltage  
in steady state. A patented circuit adjusts this output for  
VINSNS line feedforward.  
• Warning and Fault Status, Including Input and Output  
Undervoltage and Overvoltage  
The LTC3882-1 supports four serial bus addressing  
schemestoaccesstheindividualPWMchannelsseparately  
or jointly.  
Fault communication, reporting and system response  
behavior are fully configurable. Two fault I/Os are pro-  
vided (FAULT0, FAULT1) that can be controlled indepen-  
dently. A separate ALERT pin also provides for a maskable  
SMBALERT#. Fault responses for each channel may be  
individually programmed, depending on the fault type.  
PMBus status commands allow fault reporting over the  
serial bus to identify a specific fault event.  
The positive terminal of the EA is connected to the output  
of a 12-bit DAC with values ranging from 0V to 1.024V. The  
DAC value is determined by the resistor configuration pins  
detailedinapplicationTable8,byvaluesretrievedfrominter-  
nal EEPROM, or by a combination of PMBus commands to  
synthesizethedesiredoutputvoltage.Refertothefollowing  
PMBusCommandDetailssectionofthisdocumentformore  
information. The LTC3882-1 supports two output ranges.  
EA can regulate the output voltage to 5.5x the DAC output  
(Range 0) or 2.75x the DAC output (Range 1).  
38821f  
17  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
LTC3882  
PWM0  
MODE  
V
IN  
OSCILLATOR  
CLOCK  
R
S
Q
PWM  
LOGIC  
GATE  
DRIVER  
7
0V  
V
OC0  
8-BIT DAC  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT  
I
LIM  
RAMP  
VC  
V
REV  
I
REV  
VINSNS  
FEED  
FORWARD  
4
R
S
+
I
SENSE0  
+
38  
L1  
+
CA  
C
S
I
SENSE0  
+
S
37  
39  
5
V
OUT  
I
AVG0  
C
OUT  
SLAVE  
ENABLE  
I
AVG_GND  
SLAVE  
DETECT  
MASTER  
ENABLE  
V
OV0  
9-BIT DAC  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
OV  
UV  
V
UV0  
9-BIT DAC  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT  
+
V
SENSE0  
36  
40  
9R  
2R  
+
(RANGE 0)  
LOOP  
COMPENSATION  
NETWORK  
EA  
FB0  
V
SP0  
12-BIT DAC  
VOUT_COMMAND  
V
SENSE0  
35  
1
COMP0  
38821 F01  
Figure 1. LTC3882-1 PWM Control Loop Diagram  
38821f  
18  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
VC discriminates its positive input against an internally  
generatedPWMvoltageramp. Thepositiveinputisacom-  
positecontrolbasedonCOMPvoltagewithlinefeedforward  
compensation, and current sharing if the channel controls  
a slave phase. When the ramp falls below this voltage the  
comparator trips and sets the PWM latch.  
The LTC3882-1 features an internal RAM built-in self-test  
(BIST) that runs during initialization. Should RAM BIST  
fail, the following steps are taken.  
• Devicerespondsonlyatdeviceaddress0x7Candglobal  
addresses 0x5A and 0x5B  
• A persistent Memory Fault Detected is indicated by  
+
If load current increases, V  
and FB will droop  
SENSE  
STATUS_CML  
slightly with respect to the 12-bit DAC output. This causes  
the COMP voltage to increase until the average inductor  
current matches the new load current and the desired  
output voltage is restored. Programmable comparators  
• Internal EEPROM is not accessed  
• RUNn and SHARE_CLK are driven low continuously  
Normal operation can be restored if the RAM BIST sub-  
sequently passes, for instance as the result of another  
MFR_RESET command issued to address 0x7C.  
I
and I  
monitor peak instantaneous forward and  
LIM  
REV  
reverse inductor current for pulse-by-pulse protection.  
The top power MOSFET is immediately commanded off if  
the programmed positive limit is reached, and the bottom  
MOSFET is immediately commanded off if the negative  
limit is reached. Repeated peak overcurrent events cause  
an overcurrent fault to be set.  
During initialization all PWM outputs are disabled. The  
RUNn pins and SHARE_CLK are held low and FAULTn  
pins are high impedance. External configuration resistors  
are identified and the contents of the onboard EEPROM  
are read into the controller command memory space. The  
LTC3882-1 can determine key operating parameters from  
external configuration resistors according to application  
Table 8 through Table 11. See the following Resistor  
Configuration Pins section for more detail. The resistor  
configuration pins only determine some of the preset  
values of the controller. The remaining values, retrieved  
from internal EEPROM, are programmed at the factory or  
with PMBus commands.  
When the top MOSFET is commanded off, the bottom  
MOSFET is normally commanded on. In continuous con-  
duction mode (CCM) the bottom MOSFET stays on until  
comparator VC turns the top MOSFET back on. Otherwise  
in discontinuous conduction mode (DCM, also known as  
diode emulation) the bottom MOSFET is commanded off  
if the I  
comparator detects that the inductor current  
REV  
has decayed to approximately 0A. In any case the next  
PWM cycle starts when the clock for that channel again  
clears the RS latch.  
Iftheconfigurationresistorpinsareallopen,theLTC3882-1  
will use only EEPROM contents to determine all operating  
parameters.IfIgnoreResistorConfigurationPinsisset(bit  
6 of MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1), the LTC3882-1 will  
use only its EEPROM contents to determine all operating  
parametersexceptdeviceaddress. UnlessbothASELpins  
arecompletelyopen, theLTC3882-1willalwaysdetermine  
some portion of its device address from the resistors on  
these pins. See Serial Bus Addressing later in this section.  
Power-Up and Initialization  
The LTC3882-1 is designed to provide stand-alone supply  
sequencingwithcontrolledturn-onandturn-offfunctions.  
It operates from a single IC input supply of 3V to 13.2V  
while two on-chip linear regulators generate internal  
2.5V and 3.3V. If V is below 4.5V, the V and V  
CC  
CC  
DD33  
pins must be shorted together and limited to a maximum  
operating voltage of 3.6V. Controller configuration is  
The internal microcontroller typically requires 70ms to  
complete initialization from VDD33 ≥ 3V. At that point, an  
internalcomparatormonitorsVINSNS,whichmustexceed  
the VIN_ON threshold before output power sequencing  
can begin (SHARE_CLK released, ready for TON_DELAY).  
Accuratereadbacktelemetrycanthenrequireanadditional  
100ms for initial round-robin A/D conversions.  
38821f  
reset by the internal UVLO threshold, where V  
must  
DD33  
be at or above 3V and the internal 2.5V supply must be  
within about 20% of its regulated value. At that point the  
internal microcontroller begins initialization. A PMBus  
RESTORE_USER_ALL or MFR_RESET command forces  
this same initialization.  
19  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Soft-Start  
times. However, with LTC3882-1 digital control, on and  
off ramping methods need not be the same, and ramping  
configurations can be reprogrammed as needed without  
hardware modification.  
The RUN pins are released for external control after the  
part initializes and VINSNS is greater than the VIN_ON  
threshold. If multiple LTC3882-1 ICs are used in an ap-  
plication, shared RUN pins are held low until all units  
initialize and VINSNS exceeds the VIN_ON threshold for  
alldevices.AcommonSHARE_CLKsignalcanalsoensure  
all connected devices use the same time reference for  
initial start-up even if RUN pins cannot be shared due to  
other design requirements. SHARE_CLK is not released  
by each IC until the conditions for power sequencing have  
been fully satisfied.  
Programmable fault responses and fault sharing can  
ensure that any desired time-based output sequencing  
and ramping control is properly accomplished each time  
the system powers up or down. Refer to the Applications  
Information section for various LTC3882-1 hardware and  
PMBus command configurations needed to fully support  
synchronization for time-based sequencing and output  
ramping when using multiple ICs.  
After a channel RUN pin rises above 2V and any specified  
turn on delay (TON_DELAY) has expired, the LTC3882-1  
performsaninitialmonotonicsoft-startramponthatchan-  
nel. This is carried out with a digitally controlled ramp of  
the regulated output voltage from 0V to the commanded  
voltage set point over the programmed TON_RISE period,  
allowinginrushcurrentcontrol. Duringthesoft-startramp,  
the LTC3882-1 does not initiate PWM operation until the  
commanded output exceeds the actual rail voltage. This  
allows the regulator to start up into a pre-biased load  
even when using gate drivers or power blocks that do not  
support discontinuous operation. The soft-start feature  
is disabled by setting the value of TON_RISE to any time  
less than 0.25ms.  
Voltage-Based Output Sequencing  
It is also possible to sequence outputs using cascaded  
voltage events. To do this, the PGOOD status output from  
one PWM channel can be used to control the RUN pin  
of a downstream channel. This keeps the downstream  
channel off unless acceptable output conditions exist on  
the controlling channel.  
Output Disable  
BothPWMchannelsaredisabledanytimeVINSNSisbelow  
theVIN_OFFthreshold. Thepowerstagesareimmediately  
shut off to stop the transfer of energy to the load(s) as  
quickly as possible.  
APWMchannelmayalsobedisabledinresponsetocertain  
internal fault conditions, an external fault propagated into  
a FAULT pin, or loss of SHARE_CLK. In these cases the  
power stage is immediately shut off to stop the transfer  
of energy to the load as quickly as possible. Refer to the  
Time-Based Output Sequencing  
The LTC3882-1 supports time-based on and off output  
sequencing using a shared time reference (SHARE_CLK).  
Followingavalidqualifiedcommandtoturnon,eachoutput  
isenabledafterwaitingitsprogrammedTON_DELAY. This  
can be used to sequence outputs in a prescribed order  
that can be preprogrammed as needed without hardware  
modification. Channel off-sequencing is accomplished in  
a similar way with the TOFF_DELAY command.  
-
following Fault Detection and Handling section for ad  
ditional details related to fault recovery.  
EachPWMchannelcanbedisabledwithaPMBusOPERA-  
TIONcommandatanytimeifenabledbyON_OFF_CONFIG.  
This will force a controlled turn-off response with defined  
delay (TOFF_DELAY) and ramp down rate (TOFF_FALL).  
The controller will maintain the programmed mode of  
operation for TOFF_FALL. In DCM, the controller will not  
draw current from the load and fall time will be set by  
output capacitance and load current.  
Output Ramping Control  
The LTC3882-1 supports synchronized output on and off  
ramping control using a shared time reference (SHARE_  
CLK).Powerrailonandoffrelationshipssimilartothoseof  
conventionalanalogtrackingfunctionscanbeachievedby  
usingprogrammeddelaysandTON_RISEandTOFF_FALL  
38821f  
20  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Finally, each PWM channel can be commanded off by  
pulling the associated RUN pin low. Pulling the RUN pin  
low can force the channel to perform a controlled turn off  
or immediately disable the power stage, depending on the  
programming of the ON_OFF_CONFIG command.  
tor current reaches approximately 0A, preventing it from  
going substantially negative. The external gate driver or  
power block must have short delays to a high impedance  
output, relative to the PWM cycle, to support DCM.  
Efficiency at light loads in CCM is lower than in DCM.  
Continuous conduction mode exhibits less interference  
with audio circuitry but may result in reverse inductor  
current, for instance at light loads or under large transient  
conditions.  
Minimum Output Disable Times  
When a PMBus OPERATION command is used to turn off  
an LTC3882-1 channel, a minimum output disable time of  
120ms is imposed regardless of how quickly the channel  
is commanded back on. If bit 4 of MFR_CHAN_CONFIG is  
clear,aPMBuscommandtoturnthechanneloffalsopulses  
the RUN pin low. Once the RUN pin is pulled low internally  
or externally, a minimum output disable time (RUN forced  
low) of TOFF_DELAY + TOFF_FALL + 136ms is enforced.  
If MFR_RESTART_DELAY is greater than this mandatory  
minimum, the larger value of MFR_RESTART_DELAY is  
used. In either case the LTC3882-1 holds its own RUN  
pin low during the entire disable period. These minimum  
off times allow a consistent channel restart with coher-  
ent monitor ADC values and make the LTC3882-1 highly  
compatible with other LTC PMBus digital power system  
management products.  
Switching Frequency and Phase  
There is a high degree of flexibility for setting the PWM  
operating frequency of the LTC3882-1. The switching  
frequency of the PWM can be established with an in-  
ternal oscillator or an external time base. The internal  
phase-locked loop (PLL) synchronizes PWM control to  
this timing reference with proper phase relation, whether  
the clock is provided internally or externally. The device  
can also be configured to provide the master clock to  
other ICs through PMBus command, EEPROM setting,  
or external configuration resistors as outlined in applica-  
tion Table 10. For PMbus or EEPROM configuration, the  
LTC3882-1 is designated as a clock master by clearing  
bit 4 of MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1. As clock master,  
the LTC3882-1 will drive its open-drain SYNC pin at the  
selected rate with a pulse width of 125ns. An external  
Output Short Cycle  
An output short cycle condition is created when a mas-  
ter channel is commanded back on while waiting for  
TOFF_DELAY or TOFF_FALL to expire. Any time this  
occurs, the LTC3882-1 asserts the Short Cycle bit in  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC. Device response at that point  
is governed by bits in MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
and SMBALERT_MASK. Refer to the detailed descriptions  
of those commands for additional details. Generally, the  
LTC3882-1 should be controlled so that short cycle condi-  
tions are not created during normal operation.  
pull-up resistor between SYNC and V  
is required in  
DD33  
this case. Only one device connected to SYNC should be  
designated to drive the pin. If more than one LTC3882-1  
sharing SYNC is programmed as clock master, just one of  
the devices is automatically elected to provide the clock.  
The others disable their SYNC outputs and indicate this  
with bit 10 of MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1.  
TheLTC3882-1willautomaticallyacceptanexternalSYNC  
input, disabling is own SYNC drive if necessary, as long  
as the external clock frequency is greater than 1/2 of the  
programmedinternaloscillator.Whetherconfiguredtodrive  
SYNC or not, the LTC3882-1 can continue PWM operation  
at the selected frequency (FREQUENCY_SWITCH) using  
its own internal oscillator, if an external clock signal is  
subsequently lost.  
Light Load Current Operation  
TheLTC3882-1hastwomodesofPWMoperation:discon-  
tinuous conduction mode (DCM) and forced continuous  
conduction mode (CCM). Mode selection is made with  
the MFR_PWM_MODE command.  
In DCM, the inductor current is not allowed to reverse.  
The MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 command can be  
usedtoconfigurethephaseofeachchannel.Desiredphase  
The reverse current comparator I  
disables the external  
REV  
bottom MOSFET (synchronous rectifier) when the induc-  
38821f  
21  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
can also be set from EEPROM or external configuration  
resistors as outlined in Table 10. Phase designates the  
relationship between the falling edge of SYNC and the  
internal clock edge that resets the PWM latch. That reset  
turns off the top power switch, producing a PWM falling  
edge. Additional small propagation delays to the PWM  
control pins will apply.  
proportionally summed with the master error amplifier  
COMP output to adjust the duty cycle and balance the  
current contribution of that phase. Additional hardware  
configurationanddigitalprogrammingrequirementsapply  
in PolyPhase systems. Refer to the Applications Informa-  
tion section for complete details on building PolyPhase  
rails with the LTC3882-1.  
The phase relationships and frequency are independent  
of each other, providing numerous application options.  
Multiple LTC3882-1 ICs can be synchronized to realize a  
PolyPhase array. In this case the phases should be sepa-  
rated by 360/n degrees, where n is the number of phases  
driving the output voltage rail.  
Active Voltage Positioning  
Load slope is programmable in the LTC3882-1 via the  
MFR_VOUT_AVP PMBus command. The inductor cur-  
rent measured at the I  
pins is converted to a voltage  
SENSE  
which is then subtracted from the voltage reference at the  
positive input of the error amplifier. The final load slope  
is defined by the inductor current sense element and the  
bitssetintheMFR_VOUT_AVPPMBuscommand. Setting  
MFR_VOUT_AVPtoavaluegreaterthan0.0%automatically  
disables output servo mode for that channel.  
PolyPhase Load Sharing  
Multiple LTC3882-1 ICs can be combined to provide a bal-  
anced load-share solution by configuring the necessary  
pins. The SHARE_CLK and SYNC pins of all load-sharing  
channels should be bussed together. Connecting the  
SYNC pins synchronizes the PWM controllers with each  
other. Bussing the SHARE_CLK pins together allows the  
phases to start synchronously. Refer to the discussion in  
the previous Power-Up and Initialization section. The last  
device to see all start-up conditions satisfied controls the  
initiation of power sequencing for all phases.  
Input Supply Monitoring  
TheinputsupplyvoltageissensedbytheLTC3882-1atthe  
VINSNS pin. Undervoltage, overvoltage, valid on and off  
levels can be programmed for V . Refer to the following  
PMBusCommandDetailssectionformoreinformationon  
programming the input supply thresholds. In addition, the  
telemetry ADC monitors the VINSNS voltage relative to  
GND. Conversion results are returned by the READ_VIN  
PMBus command.  
IN  
Due to the low output impedance of the LTC3882-1 error  
amplifiers, PolyPhase applications should use the error  
amplifier of only one phase as the master. The FB pins of  
each slave channel must be wired to V  
, and the COMP  
DD33  
Output Voltage Sensing and Monitoring  
pins of each slave phase must be connected to the master  
error amplifier COMP output. This disables the slave error  
amplifiers and provides a single point of voltage control  
and loop stabilization for the PolyPhase output rail.  
BothPWMchannelsallowremote,differentialsensingofthe  
load voltage with V  
pins. The channel 1 output sense  
SENSE  
pin V  
is internally shorted to GND (the exposed  
SENSE1  
pad). The telemetry ADC is fully differential and makes its  
measurements of the output voltages of channels 0 and 1  
ForPolyPhaseloadsharingtheLTC3882-1alsoincorporates  
anauxiliarycurrentsharingloop.ReferringbacktoFigure1,  
the instantaneous current of each slave phase is sensed  
atV  
andV  
,respectively.Conversionresults  
SENSE0  
SENSE1  
are returned by the READ_VOUT PMBus command.  
by current amplifier CA and compared to the I  
pin. The  
AVG  
I
and I  
pins of each phase are wired together,  
Output Current Sensing and Monitoring  
AVG  
AVG_GND  
and a small capacitor (50pF to 200pF) between I  
and  
AVG  
Both channels allow differential sensing of the inductor  
currentusingeithertheinductorDCRoraresistorinseries  
with the inductor across the I  
pins for a channel are multiplexed to the differential inputs  
I
stores a voltage corresponding to the average  
AVG_GND  
master phase output current. The difference in this aver-  
age and the instantaneous phase current is integrated.  
The output of integrator S of each slave phase is then  
pins. When the I  
SENSE  
SENSE  
38821f  
22  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
of the LTC3882-1 monitor ADC, they have an input range  
of approximately 128mV and a noise floor of 7ꢀV  
ASEL1,V  
,V  
,FREQ_CFG,andPHAS_CFG.  
OUT0_CFG OUT1_CFG  
.
If any of these pins are left open the value stored in the  
corresponding EEPROM command is used. The resistor  
configuration pins are only measured during power-up  
and execution of RESTORE_USER_ALL or MFR_RESET  
commands. If bit 6 of the MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1  
command is set in EEPROM, all resistor inputs except  
ASELn are ignored. Per the PMBus specification, all pin-  
programmed parameters can be overridden at any time  
by commands from the digital interface.  
RMS  
Peak-peaknoiseisapproximately46.5ꢀV.TheinternalADC  
anti-aliasing filter and conversion rate produce an average  
readingoftheI  
differentialvoltage.Theresultingvalue  
SENSE  
is returned by the READ_IOUT PMBus command. Refer to  
theApplicationsInformationsectionfordetailsonsensing  
output current using inductor DCR or discrete resistors.  
External and Internal Temperature Sense  
Externaltemperaturecanbestbemeasuredusingaremote,  
diode-connected PNP transistor such as the MMBT3906.  
The emitter should be connected to a TSNS pin while the  
baseandcollectorterminalsofthePNPtransistormustbe  
shorted together and returned directly to the LTC3882-1  
GND pin. Two different currents are applied to the diode  
(nominally 2ꢀA and 32ꢀA) and the temperature is calcu-  
The ASELn pin settings are described in application  
Table 11. These pins can be used to select the entire  
LTC3882-1 device address. ASEL0 always programs the  
bottom four bits of the device address for the LTC3882-1  
unless left open. ASEL1 can be used to program the three  
most-significantbits.Eitherportionoftheaddresscanalso  
be retrieved from the MFR_ADDRESS value in EEPROM.  
If both pins are left open, the full 7-bit MFR_ADDRESS  
value stored in EEPROM is used to determine the device  
address. The LTC3882-1 always responds to 7-bit global  
addresses 0x5A and 0x5B. MFR_ADDRESS should not be  
set to either of these values.  
lated from a ∆V measurement made with the internal  
BE  
16-bit monitor ADC.  
The LTC3882-1 also supports direct V based external  
BE  
temperature measurements. In this case the diode or di-  
ode network is trimmed to a specific voltage at a specific  
current and temperature. In general this method does not  
The V  
pin settings are described in application  
OUTn_CFG  
yield as accurate a result as the ∆V measurement. Refer  
Table 8. These pins select the output voltages for the  
related channel.  
BE  
toMFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1inthePMBusCommand  
Detailssectionforadditionalinformationonprogramming  
the LTC3882-1 for these two external temperature sense  
configurations.  
The following parameters are also set as a percentage of  
the programmed V  
if resistor configuration pins are  
OUT  
used to determined output voltage:  
• VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT: +10%  
• VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT: +7.5%  
• VOUT_MAX: +7.5%  
The calculated temperature is returned by the PMBus  
READ_TEMPERATURE_1 command. Refer to the Appli-  
cations Information section for details on proper layout  
of external temperature sense elements and PMBus  
commands that can be used to improve the accuracy of  
calculated temperatures.  
• VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH: +5%  
• VOUT_MARGIN_LOW: –5%  
• VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT: 6.5%  
• VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT: 7%  
The READ_TEMPERATURE_2 command returns the  
internal junction temperature of the LTC3882-1 using an  
on-chip diode with a ∆V measurement and calculation.  
BE  
Resistor Configuration Pins  
The FREQ_CFG pin settings are described in application  
Table 9. This pin selects the switching frequency of the  
internal oscillator and enables the SYNC output if not left  
open, shorted to GND or ignored by EEPROM setting.  
Sixinputpinscanbeusedtoconfigurekeyoperatingparam-  
eters with selected 1% resistors arranged between V  
DD25  
and GND as a divider to the pin(s). The pins are ASEL0,  
38821f  
23  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
The PHAS_CFG pin settings are described in Table 10.  
This pin selects the phase relationships between the two  
channels and the selected clock source.  
Fault Detection  
A variety of fault and warning detection, reporting and  
handling mechanisms are provided by the LTC3882-1.  
Fault or warning detection capabilities include:  
Internal EEPROM with CRC  
• Input Under/Overvoltage  
The LTC3882-1 contains internal EEPROM to store user  
configuration settings and fault log information. EEPROM  
endurance and retention for user space and fault log  
pages are specified in the Absolute Maximum Ratings and  
Electrical Characteristics table. The LTC3882-1 EEPROM  
also contains a manufacturing section that has internal  
redundancy.  
• Output Under/Overvoltage  
• Output Overcurrent (Peak and Average)  
• Internal and External Overtemperature and External  
Undertemperature  
• CML Fault (Communication, Memory, or Logic)  
TheintegrityoftheentireonboardEEPROMischeckedwith  
a CRC calculation each time its data is to be read, such as  
after a power-on reset or execution of a RESTORE_USER_  
ALL command. If a CRC error occurs, the CML bit is set  
intheSTATUS_BYTEandSTATUS_WORDcommands,the  
EEPROM CRC Error bit in the STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
command is set, and the ALERT and RUN pins pulled  
low (PWM channels off). At that point the device will only  
respond at special address 0x7C, which is activated only  
after an invalid CRC has been detected. The chip will also  
respond at the global addresses 0x5A and 0x5B, but use  
of these addresses when attempting to recover from a  
CRC issue is not recommended. All power supply rails  
associated with either PWM channel of a device reporting  
an invalid CRC should remain disabled until the issue is  
resolved.  
• External Fault Detection via Bidirectional FAULT Pins  
Reporting is covered in following sections on status com-  
mands (registers) and ALERT pin function. Fault handling  
mechanisms include hardwired, low-level PWM safety  
responses that always occur, and higher-level program-  
mable event management. Both types are covered in the  
following sections.  
Input Supply Faults  
Input undervoltage and overvoltage limits are determined  
frommultiplexedmonitorADCconversions.Thereforethe  
inputUV/OVresponseisnaturallydeglitchedbythe100ms  
typical conversion cycle of the ADC. There is no hardwired  
low-level PWM response for any input supply fault.  
Hardwired PWM Response to V  
Faults  
OUT  
LTC recommends that the EEPROM not be written when  
die temperature is greater than 85°C. If internal die tem-  
perature exceeds 130°C, all EEPROM operations except  
RESTORE_USER_ALL and MFR_RESET are disabled. Full  
EEPROM operation is not re-enabled until die temperature  
falls below 125°C. Refer to the Applications Information  
section for equations to predict retention degradation due  
to elevated operating temperatures.  
V
undervoltage (UV) and overvoltage (OV) faults are  
OUT  
detected by supervisor comparators. The OV and UV fault  
limits can be set in three ways:  
• As a Percentage of V  
if Using the Resistor Configu-  
OUT  
ration Pins  
• From Stored EEPROM Values  
• By PMBus Command  
See the Applications Information section or contact the  
factoryfordetailsonefficientin-systemEEPROMprogram-  
ming, including bulk EEPROM programming, which the  
LTC3882-1 also supports.  
Theoutputovervoltagecomparatorguardsagainsttransient  
overshootsaswellaslongtermovervoltagesattheoutput.  
When an output OV fault is detected the top MOSFET for  
that channel is commanded off and the bottom MOSFET is  
commanded on until the overvoltage condition is cleared  
38821f  
24  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
or for PWM control protocol 0, reverse overcurrent is  
Hardwired PWM Response to I  
Faults  
OUT  
detected. See I  
faults below.  
OUT  
The LTC3882-1 measures average I  
from the voltage  
OUT  
acrosstheI  
pins,takingintoaccountthesenseresistor  
UV faults and warnings are masked if the channel has  
been commanded off or until all of the following criteria  
are achieved.  
SENSE  
or DCR value and its associated temperature coefficient.  
BothareprovidedbyPMBuscommandorEEPROMvalues.  
An output overcurrent (OC) fault condition is detected by  
a supervisor comparator for each PWM output when the  
sensed instantaneous current for that channel reaches  
its maximum allowed value. Refer to the IOUT_OC_  
FAULT_LIMIT PMBus command for details. When an OC  
fault is detected the controller immediately disables the  
top FET, and the bottom FET is normally commanded on  
for the remainder of that PWM cycle.  
• TON_DELAY Has Expired  
• TON_RISE Ramp Has Completed  
• TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT Has Been Reached  
• IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT Has Not Been Reached  
• TOFF_FALL Is Not in Progress  
Output UV warnings are determined from multiplexed  
monitor ADC conversions. The LTC3882-1 has no hard-  
wired PWM response for output UV faults or warnings.  
If programmed to operate in CCM, the LTC3882-1 also  
uses the negative of IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT to detect  
a reverse overcurrent (ROC) fault. When an ROC fault  
occurs the controller immediately disables both top and  
bottom FETs, unless PWM output protocol 1 is selected  
with MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1.  
Power Good Indication (Master)  
An LTC3882-1 master phase indicates Power Good on its  
PGOOD pin and in PMBus commands STATUS_WORD  
(paged) and MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1 based on pro-  
grammed UV and OV fault limits. Power Good is indicated  
OC and ROC faults are both handled according to the  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE for that channel. Either  
hardware response can result in current-limited operation  
usingpulsetruncationorskipping.BecausetheLTC3882-1  
uses leading edge modulation, this will cause a shift in  
average phase toward 0° on the faulted channel and an  
increase in input ripple current  
on a master phase as long as it is enabled to run and V  
OUT  
is between the UV and OV fault limits. If a master chan-  
nel is off for any reason, its PGOOD pin is driven low and  
Power Not Good is indicated in the status commands.  
Power Good Indication (Slave)  
Output OC warnings are determined from multiplexed  
monitorADCconversions.TheLTC3882-1hasnohardwired  
PWM response if an output OC warning occurs.  
As long as they are enabled, slave phases indicate Power  
Good on PGOOD and in PMBus status commands, unless  
a master error amplifier (EA) fault is detected. An EA fault  
indicatesthebussedCOMPvoltageappearstobetoohigh.  
Hardwired PWM Response to Temperature Faults  
When a slave detects an EA fault, its output is immedi-  
dately disabled and OV is indicated (see Figure 2). Any  
valid higher-level OV fault response and propagation may  
be set for a slave channel to handle a detected EA fault. If  
the OV fault response is set to ignore, the slave output is  
re-enabled when the EA/COMP condition clears.  
An internal temperature sensor measured by the moni-  
tor ADC protects against EEPROM and other IC damage.  
When die temperature rises above 130°C, the LTC3882-1  
will NACK any EEPROM-related command except RE-  
STORE_USER_ALL and MFR_RESET and issue a CML  
faultforInvalid/UnsupportedCommand.NormalEEPROM  
access is re-enabled when die temperature drops below  
125°C.Above160°C,thepartshutsdownallPWMoutputs  
untildietemperatureisbelow150°C.Internaltemperature  
fault limits cannot be adjusted. Writing to the EEPROM  
above a die temperature of 85°C is strongly discouraged.  
38821f  
AslaveindicatesPowerNotGoodwithPMBusstatuscom-  
mands during an EA fault, but its PGOOD pin remains high  
impedance. If a slave phase is off for any other reason, its  
PGOOD pin is also driven low.  
25  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
RefertotheAbsoluteMaximumRatingsforotherimportant  
temperature limitations on internal EEPROM use.  
No retry is attempted for a latch off fault response. In the  
latch off state the gate drivers for the external MOSFETs  
are immediately disabled to stop the transfer of energy  
to the load as quickly as possible. The output remains  
disabled until the channel is commanded off and then  
on, or IC supply power is cycled. Commanding a PWM  
channel off and on may require software and/or hardware  
intervention depending on its programmed configuration.  
External temperature sensors may also be monitored by  
the onboard ADC. There is no hardwired PWM response  
for sensed external temperature faults or warnings.  
Hardwired PWM Response to Timing Faults  
There is no hardwired PWM response to any timing faults.  
The RUN pin must be released by any controlling external  
application circuits for that channel to restart from the latch  
off state. As the RUN pin for a given channel rises, associ-  
ated internal fault indications are cleared automatically. The  
LTC3882-1 can also be programmed to clear faults for both  
outputs based solely on the RUN voltage of just one chan-  
nel.SeetheMFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1command.The  
CLEAR_FAULTSPMBuscommandcanalsobeusedtoclear  
all fault bits at any time, independent of PWM channel state.  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT is the time allowed for V  
to  
OUT  
rise and settle at start-up. The TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT  
timer, which has a resolution of 10µs, is started after  
TON_DELAY has been reached and a soft-start sequence  
isstarted.IftheVOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMITisnotreachedor  
an OC remains within the specified time, fault response is  
determinedbythevalueofTON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE.  
An internal watchdog detects if SHARE_CLK remains  
low for more than 64µs. The part then actively holds  
SHARE_CLKlowfor120ms,ensuringalldevicesconnected  
to this shared control observe a minimum RETRY_DELAY  
event.The LTC3882-1 sets the SHARE_CLK_LOW bit in  
MFR_COMMON to indicate this fault condition.  
Handlingofsomeinternallygeneratedfaultscanbedigitally  
deglitched. See Table 12. External faults propagated into  
the chip using FAULTn pins are not deglitched. Refer to  
the following section on FAULT functions.  
Status Registers and ALERT Masking  
External Faults  
Figure 2 summarizes the internal LTC3882-1 status reg-  
isters accessible by PMBus command. These contain  
indication of various faults, warnings and other important  
operating conditions. As shown, the STATUS_BYTE and  
STATUS_WORD commands also summarize contents of  
other status registers. Refer to PMBus Command Details  
for specific information.  
There are no hardware-level responses to any external  
faults propagated into the IC through the FAULTn pins.  
Fault Handling  
Higher-levelinputandoutputfaulteventhandling(response)  
can be programmed as described in the following PMBus  
Command Details section. For most faults, the LTC3882-1  
canmanageresponseinoneofthreeways:ignore,autono-  
mous recovery (hiccup), or latch off. The device takes no  
additional action beyond previously discussed hardware-  
level responses when programmed to ignore a fault.  
NONE OF THE ABOVE in STATUS_BYTE indicates that  
one or more of the bits in the most-significant nibble of  
STATUS_WORD are also set.  
In general, any asserted bit in a STATUS_x register also  
pulls the ALERT pin low. Once set, ALERT will remain low  
until one of the following occurs.  
For autonomous recovery a new soft-start is attempted if  
the fault condition is not present after the MFR_RETRY_  
DELAY interval has elapsed. MFR_RETRY_DELAY can be  
set from 120ms to 83 seconds in 1ms increments. If the  
fault persists, the controller will continue to retry with an  
interval specified by the MFR_RETRY_DELAY command.  
This avoids damage to external regulator components  
caused by repetitive, rapid power cycling.  
• A CLEAR_FAULTS, RESTORE_USER_ALL or MFR_RE-  
SET Command Is Issued  
• The Related Status Bit Is Written to a One  
• The Faulted Channel Is Properly Commanded Off and  
Back On  
38821f  
26  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
STATUS_WORD  
STATUS_VOUT*  
15 VOUT  
14 IOUT  
13 INPUT  
12 MFR_SPECIFIC  
11 POWER_GOOD#  
10 (reads 0)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VOUT_OV Fault  
VOUT_OV Warning  
VOUT_UV Warning  
VOUT_UV Fault  
VOUT_MAX Warning  
TON_MAX Fault  
TOFF_MAX Warning  
(reads 0)  
STATUS_INPUT  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VIN_OV Fault  
(reads 0)  
VIN_UV Warning  
(reads 0)  
Unit Off for Insuffcient VIN  
(reads 0)  
9
8
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
STATUS_BYTE  
(PAGED)  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BUSY  
OFF  
VOUT_OV  
IOUT_OC  
(reads 0)  
TEMPERATURE  
CML  
NONE OF THE ABOVE  
STATUS_IOUT  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IOUT_OC Fault  
(reads 0)  
IOUT_OC Warning  
(reads 0)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Internal Temperature Fault  
Internal Temperature Warning  
EEPROM CRC Error  
Internal PLL Unlocked  
Fault Log Present  
(reads 0)  
VOUT Short Cycled  
FAULT Low  
(PAGED)  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
MFR_COMMON  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Chip Not Driving ALERT Low  
Chip Not Busy  
(PAGED)  
(PAGED)  
Internal Calculations Not Pending  
Output Not In Transition  
EEPROM Initialized  
(reads 0)  
SHARE_CLK_LOW  
(reads 0)  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
OT Fault  
15 Channel 1 is Slave  
14 Channel 0 is Slave  
13 (reads 0)  
12 (reads 0)  
11 Invalid ADC Result(s)  
OT Warning  
(reads 0)  
UT Fault  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
(reads 0)  
10 SYNC Output Disabled Externally  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Channel 1 is POWER_GOOD  
Channel 0 is POWER_GOOD  
LTC3882-1 Forcing RUN1 Low  
LTC3882-1 Forcing RUN0 Low  
RUN1 Pin State  
(PAGED)  
STATUS_CML  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Invalid/Unsupported Command  
Invalid/Unsupported Data  
Packet Error Check Failed  
Memory Fault Detected  
Processor Fault Detected  
(reads 0)  
RUN0 Pin State  
LTC3882-1 Forcing FAULT1 Low  
LTC3882-1 Forcing FAULT0 Low  
FAULT1 Pin State  
DESCRIPTION  
MASKABLE GENERATES ALERT BIT CLEARABLE  
General Fault or Warning Event  
Dynamic  
Status Derived from Other Bits  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
Not Directly  
Yes  
No  
No  
FAULT0 Pin State  
Other Communication Fault  
Other Memory or Logic Fault  
*IF THE CHANNEL IS CONFIGURED AS A SLAVE AS INDICATED BY MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1[15:14], VOUT_OV FAULT INDICATES A DETECTED MASTER ERROR  
AMPLIFIER FAULT (COMP VOLTAGE TOO HIGH). NO OTHER BITS IN STATUS_VOUT ARE ACTIVE ON SLAVE CHANNELS  
38821 F02  
Figure 2. LTC3882-1 Status Register Summary  
• The LTC3882-1 Successfully Transmits Its Address  
and STATUS_BYTE in the same fashion as the status bits  
themselves. For example, if ALERT is masked for all bits  
in Channel 0 STATUS_VOUT, then ALERT is effectively  
masked for the VOUT bit in STATUS_WORD for PAGE 0.  
During a PMBus Alert Response Address (ARA)  
• IC Supply Power Is Cycled  
With some exceptions, the SMBALERT_MASK command  
can be used to prevent the LTC3882-1 from asserting  
ALERT for bits in these registers on a bit-by-bit basis.  
These mask settings are promoted to STATUS_WORD  
The BUSY bit in STATUS_BYTE also asserts ALERT low  
and cannot be masked. This bit can be set as a result of  
interaction between internal operation and PMBus com-  
38821f  
27  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
munication.Thisfaultoccurswhenacommandisreceived  
that cannot be safely executed with one or both channels  
enabled. As discussed in Application Information, BUSY  
faults can be avoided by polling MFR_COMMON before  
executing some commands.  
Fault Logging  
TheLTC3882-1hasfaultloggingcapability. Duringnormal  
operationlogdataiscontinuouslyupdatedininternalRAM.  
When a fault occurs that disables either PWM controller,  
recordingtointernalmemoryishalted,thefaultloginforma-  
tion is made available from RAM via the MFR_FAULT_LOG  
command, and the contents of the RAM log are copied  
into EEPROM. EEPROM fault logging is allowed above  
a die temperature of 85°C, but 10 years of retention is  
not guaranteed. When die temperature exceeds 130°C  
EEPROM fault logging is delayed until the temperature  
dropsbelow 125°C. Faults generatinga log should befully  
cleared before the log is erased to prevent generation of  
spurious fault logs. Faults propagated into the IC through  
FAULTn pins do not trigger a fault logging event.  
Status information contained in MFR_COMMON and  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1 can be used to clarify the con-  
tents of STATUS_BYTE or STATUS_WORD as shown,  
but the contents of these registers do not affect the state  
of the ALERT pin and may not directly influence bits in  
STATUS_BYTE or STATUS_WORD.  
FAULT Pin I/O  
The LTC3882-1 can map various fault indicators to their  
respective FAULT pin using the MFR_FAULT_PROPA-  
GATE_LTC3882-1 command.  
When the LTC3882-1 powers up it checks the EEPROM  
for a valid fault log. If one is found the Valid Fault Log bit  
in the STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC PMBus command is set.  
AdditionalfaultloggingwillbedisableduntiltheLTC3882-1  
receives a CLEAR_FAULTS command. If the Memory Fault  
Detected bit is also set in STATUS_CML, then the stored  
fault log is partial. Data in one or more event records may  
be incomplete or incorrect and MFR_CLEAR_FAULT_LOG  
should also be commanded after all faults are cleared in  
order to fully enable additional logging functions.  
Channel-to-channel fault dependencies and communica-  
tion can be created by connecting FAULT pins together. In  
the event of an internal fault, one or more of the channels  
is configured to pull the bussed FAULT pins low. All chan-  
nels are then configured to shut down when the bussed  
FAULT pins are pulled low (MFR_FAULT_RESPONSE set  
to 0xc0). If latch off is the programmed response on the  
faulted channel, the FAULT pin remains low until one of  
the following occurs:  
• A CLEAR_FAULTS, RESTORE_USER_ALL or MFR_RE-  
TheMFR_FAULT_LOGcommandusesablockreadprotocol  
with a fixed length of 147 bytes. The LTC3882-1 returns a  
block byte count of zero if a fault log is not present.  
SET Command Is Issued  
• The Related Status Bit Is Written to a One  
ContentsofafaultlogareshowninTable1throughTable4.  
Refer to Table 6 for an explanation of data formats. Each  
event record represents one complete conversion cycle  
through all multiplexed monitor ADC inputs and related  
status. The six most recent event records are maintained  
in internal memory in reverse chronological order. When  
a fault log is created the present ADC input cycle is com-  
pleted and the ADC input being converted at the time of  
the fault is noted in the log header record.  
• The Faulted Channel Is Properly Commanded Off and  
Back On  
• IC Supply Power Is Cycled  
For autonomous group retry, the faulted channel is con-  
figured to release the FAULT pin(s) after a retry interval,  
assuming the original fault has cleared. All the channels  
in the group then begin a soft-start sequence.  
As noted above, FAULT pins may be configured as inputs  
to detect faults external to the controller that require an  
immediate response. External faults propagated into the  
chip using FAULT pins are not deglitched.  
Refer to the MFR_FAULT_PROPAGATE command for ad-  
ditional details.  
38821f  
28  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Table 1. LTC3882-1 Fault Log Contents  
STARTING  
ENDING  
BYTE  
RECORD TYPE  
BYTE  
COMMENTS  
Header Information  
Fault Event Record  
0
26  
46  
See Table 2.  
27  
Fault may have occurred anywhere during this event record. See byte 4 of Table 2 and all of  
Table 3 and Table 4.  
Event Record N-1  
Event Record N-2  
Event Record N-3  
Event Record N-4  
Event Record N-5  
47  
67  
66  
86  
Last complete cyclical data read before the fault was detected.  
Older data records…  
87  
106  
126  
146  
107  
127  
Oldest recorded data.  
Table 2. Fault Log Header Information  
BLOCK  
BYTE  
RECORD  
BITS  
[7:0]  
FORMAT COUNT DETAILS  
Fault Log Preface  
ASC  
0
1
Returns LTxx beginning at byte 0 if a partial or complete fault log exists. Word xx is  
a factory identifier that may vary part to part.  
[7:0]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
Reg  
2
3
Fault Source  
[7:0]  
Reg  
Reg  
4
Refer to Table 3.  
MFR_REAL_TIME  
[7:0]  
5
48 bit share-clock counter value when fault occurred (200µs resolution).  
[15:8]  
[23:16]  
[31:24]  
[39:32]  
[47:40]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
MFR_VOUT_PEAK (PAGE 0)  
MFR_VOUT_PEAK (PAGE 1)  
MFR_IOUT_PEAK (PAGE 0)  
MFR_IOUT_PEAK (PAGE 1)  
MFR_VIN_PEAK  
L16  
L16  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
Peak READ_VOUT on Channel 0 since last power-on or CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
Peak READ_VOUT on Channel 1 since last power-on or CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
Peak READ_IOUT on Channel 0 since last power-on or CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
Peak READ_IOUT on Channel 1 since last power-on or CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
Peak READ_VIN since last power-on or CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
External temperature sensor 0 during last event.  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
READ_TEMPERATURE1 (PAGE 0)  
READ_TEMPERATURE1 (PAGE 1)  
READ_TEMPERATURE2  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
External temperature sensor 1 during last event.  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
Internal temperature sensor during last event.  
38821f  
29  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Table 3. Fault Source Values  
FAULT SOURCE VALUE  
CAUSE OF FAULT LOG  
TON_MAX  
CHANNEL  
0x00  
0x01  
0x02  
0x03  
0x05  
0x06  
0x07  
0x0A  
0x10  
0x11  
0x12  
0x13  
0x15  
0x16  
0x17  
0x1A  
0xFF  
0
VOUT_OV  
VOUT_UV  
IOUT_OC  
Over temperature  
Under temperature  
VIN_OV  
Internal temperature  
TON_MAX  
1
VOUT_OV  
VOUT_UV  
IOUT_OC  
Over temperature  
Under temperature  
VIN_OV  
Internal temperature  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE  
Table 4. Fault Log Event Record  
DATA  
BITS  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
FORMAT  
RECORD BYTE INDEX  
READ_VOUT (PAGE 0)  
L16  
0
1
READ_VOUT (PAGE 1)  
READ_IOUT (PAGE 0)  
READ_IOUT (PAGE 1)  
READ_VIN  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
L16  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
2
3
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
4
5
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
6
7
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
8
9
(Not used)  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
STATUS_VOUT (PAGE 0)  
STATUS_VOUT (PAGE 1)  
STATUS_WORD (PAGE 0)  
[7:0]  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
[7:0]  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
STATUS_WORD (PAGE 1)  
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
Reg  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC (PAGE 0)  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC (PAGE 1)  
[7:0]  
Reg  
Reg  
[7:0]  
38821f  
30  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Factory Default Operation  
memory are replaced with active command values from  
internalRAM,andthatwillpermanentlyoverwritethefactory  
defaults. Table 5 summarizes the default factory operation  
settings of the LTC3882-1 if all resistor configuration pins  
are left open. These defaults allow parameters listed in bold  
text in the table to be overridden with configuration resistor  
programming. Warning limits are given in Table 5 because  
exceedingthemwillcausetheALERTpintobeassertedeven  
if the PMBus interface is not being utilized.  
The LTC3882-1 ships from the factory with a default con-  
figuration stored in its non-volatile memory, unless custom  
programming has been requested. These command values  
areloadedintovolatileRAMwhenthechipisinitialized.Prior  
to receiving any PMBus commands, a stock LTC3882-1 will  
operate in the factory default mode. If a STORE_USER_  
ALL command is executed, the contents of the non-volatile  
Table 5. Factory Default Operation Summary  
PARAMETER*  
DEFAULT SETTING  
UNITS  
PMBus Address  
All writes enabled to Channel 0 at address 0x4F (no PEC).  
Operation  
OPERATION enabled with RUN pin control and soft-off.  
Input Voltage OFF Threshold  
Input Voltage UV Warning Limit  
Input Voltage ON Threshold  
Input Voltage OV Fault Limit  
Input Voltage OV Fault Response  
Soft-Start Time  
6.0  
V
6.3  
V
6.5  
V
15.5  
V
Latch off.  
8 (with no delay).  
ms  
Maximum Start-Up Time (TMAX)  
TMAX Fault Response  
10  
ms  
Retry every 350ms.  
Output Voltage UV Fault/Warning Limits  
Output Voltage UV Fault Response  
Output Voltage  
0.900/0.925  
V
Retry every 350ms.  
1.000  
V
Active Voltage Positioning  
Disabled.  
Output Voltage OV Warning/Fault Limits  
Output Voltage OV Fault Response  
Shut Down  
1.075/1.100  
V
Retry every 350ms.  
8ms soft-off.  
Output Current Sense Element  
Output Current OC Warning/Fault Limits  
Output Current OC Fault Response  
PWM Switching Mode  
0.63mΩ with 3930ppm/°C TC.  
20/29.75  
A
Ignore  
Continuous inductor current only.  
PWM Control Protocol  
Three-State PWM.  
PWM Switching Frequency  
Channel 0/1 Phase  
500  
kHz  
0/180  
Degrees  
Internal Overtemperature Warning/Fault Limits  
Internal Overtemperature Responses  
External Undertemperature Fault Limit  
External Undertemperature Fault Response  
External Overtemperature Warning/Fault Limits  
External Overtemperature Fault Response  
FAULT  
130/160  
°C  
Warning: EEPROM disabled; Fault: PWM disabled.  
–40  
°C  
Retry every 350ms.  
85/100  
°C  
Retry every 350ms.  
Asserts low for the following faults: V  
external UT, TON_MAX, or output short cycle.  
UV or OV, V OV, external or internal OT,  
OUT  
IN  
ALERT Masking  
ALERTs are masked for loss of PLL lock and external FAULT inputs.  
*bold entries can be changed with external configuration resistors  
38821f  
31  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Serial Interface  
• Read Byte  
TheLTC3882-1hasaPMBuscompliantserialinterfacethat  
can operate at any frequency between 10kHz and 400kHz.  
The LTC3882-1 is a bus slave device that communicates  
bidirectionallywithahost(master)usingstandardPMBus  
protocols. The Timing Diagram found earlier in this docu-  
ment, along with related Electrical Characteristics table  
entries, definethetimingrelationshipsoftheSDAandSCL  
bus signals. SDA and SCL must be high when the bus is  
not in use. External pull-up resistors or current sources  
are required on these lines.  
• Read Word  
• Block Read  
• Block Write – Block Read Process Call  
• Alert Response Address  
The LTC3882-1 does not require PEC for Quick Command  
under any circumstances. The LTC3882-1 also supports  
group command protocol (GCP) as required by PMBus  
specificationPartI,section5.2.3.GCPisusedtosendcom-  
mands to more than one PMBus device in one continuous  
transmission. It should not be used with commands that  
require the receiving device to respond with data, such as  
a STATUS_BYTE command. Refer to Part I of the PMBus  
specification for additional details on using GCP.  
PMBus, an incremental extension of the SMBus standard,  
2
offersmorerobustoperationthana2-wireI Cinterface.In  
addition to adding a protocol layer to improve interoper-  
ability and facilitate reuse, PMBus supports bus timeout  
recoveryforsystemreliability,optionalpacketerrorcheck-  
ingtoensuredataintegrity, andperipheralhardwarealerts  
forsystemfaultmanagement.Ingeneral,aprogrammable  
AllLTC3882-1messagetransmissiontypesallowforpacket  
errorchecking. ThelatersectiononSerialCommunication  
Errors provides more detail on packet error checking.  
2
device capable of functioning as an I C bus master can be  
configuredforPMBusmanagementwithlittleornochange  
Figure 4 to Figure 20 illustrate these protocols. Figure 3  
provides a key to the protocol diagrams. Not all protocol  
elementswillbepresentineverydatapacket.Forinstance,  
not all packets are required to include the packet error  
code. A number shown above a field in these diagrams  
indicates the number of bits in that field. All data transfers  
are initiated by the present bus master regardless of how  
many times data direction flow may change during the  
subsequenttransmission.TheLTC3882-1neverfunctions  
as a bus master.  
2
tohardware.However,notallI Ccontrollerssupportrepeat  
start (restart) required for PMBus reads.  
For a description of the minor extensions and exceptions  
PMBus makes to the SMBus standard, refer to PMBus  
SpecificationPartIRevision1.2Paragraph5onTransport.  
For a description of the differences between SMBus and  
2
I C, refer to System Management Bus (SMBus) Specifi-  
cation Version 2.0 Appendix B on Differences Between  
2
SMBus and I C.  
This device includes handshaking features to ensure ro-  
bust system communication. Please refer to the PMBus  
Communication and Command Processing section in  
Applications Information for more details.  
The user is encouraged to reference Part I of the latest  
PMBus Power System Management Protocol Specifica-  
tion to understand how to interface the LTC3882-1 to a  
PMBus system. This specification can be found at http://  
www.pmbus.org/specs.html.  
Serial Bus Addressing  
TheLTC3882-1usesthefollowingstandardserialinterface  
protocolsdefinedintheSMBusandPMBusspecifications:  
The LTC3882-1 supports four types of serial bus ad-  
dressing:  
• Quick Command  
• Send Byte  
• Global Bus Addressing  
• Power Rail Addressing  
• Individual Device Addressing  
• Write Byte  
• Write Word  
• Page+ Channel Addressing  
38821f  
32  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Global addressing provides a means for the bus master  
to communicate with all LTC3882-1 devices on the bus  
simultaneously. The LTC3882-1 global addresses of 0x5A  
and0x5Bcannotbechangedordisabled. Commandssent  
to address 0x5A are applied to both channels, as if the  
PAGE command were set to 0xFF. Global address 0x5B is  
paged, allowing channel-specific control of all LTC3882-1  
devices on the bus. Other LTC device types may respond  
at one or both of these global addresses. Reading from  
global addresses is strongly discouraged.  
PolyPhase rail. Different voltage rails should not attempt  
to share a rail address. Reading from rail addresses is  
also strongly discouraged.  
Device addressing is the most common means used by a  
bus master to communicate with an LTC3882-1. The value  
of the device address is set by the combination of ASEL  
pin programming and the MFR_ADDRESS command.  
Refer to the previous section on Resistor Configuration  
Pins for details.  
Individual channel addressing allows the bus master to  
communicate directly with a specific LTC3882-1 PWM  
channel without first using a PAGE command. Refer to  
the PAGE_PLUS commands for additional details.  
Rail addressing provides a means for the bus master to  
simultaneouslycommunicatewithallchannelsconnected  
together to produce a single output voltage (PolyPhase).  
While similar to global addressing, the rail address can  
be dynamically assigned with the paged MFR_RAIL_AD-  
DRESS command, allowing for any logical grouping of  
channelsthatmightberequiredforreliablesystemcontrol.  
Rail addresses should be unique for each single-phase or  
Use of any of the four types of addressing requires careful  
planning to avoid address-related bus conflicts. Commu-  
nication to LTC3882-1 devices at global and rail addresses  
should be limited to command write operations.  
S
START CONDITION  
REPEATED START CONDITION  
Sr  
Rd READ (BIT VALUE OF 1)  
Wr WRITE (BIT VALUE OF 0)  
A
ACKNOWLEDGE (BIT SHOULD BE 0), OR  
NA NOT ACKNOWLEDGE (BIT SHOULD BE 1)  
P
STOP CONDITION  
PEC PACKET ERROR CODE  
MASTER TO SLAVE  
SLAVE TO MASTER  
...  
CONTINUATION OF PROTOCOL  
38821 F03  
Figure 3. PMBus Packet Protocol Diagram Element Key  
1
7
1
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Rd/Wr  
A
P
38821 F04  
Figure 4. Quick Command Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
P
38821 F05  
Figure 5. Send Byte Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
PEC  
A
P
38821 F06  
Figure 6. Send Byte Protocol with PEC  
38821f  
33  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
DATA BYTE  
A
P
38821 F07  
Figure 7. Write Byte Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
DATA BYTE  
A
PEC  
A
P
38821 F08  
Figure 8. Write Byte Protocol with PEC  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
DATA BYTE LOW  
A
DATA BYTE HIGH  
A
P
38821 F09  
Figure 9. Write Word Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
DATA BYTE LOW  
A
DATA BYTE HIGH  
A
PEC  
A
P
38821 F10  
Figure 10. Write Word Protocol with PEC  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
DATA BYTE  
NA  
P
38821 F11  
Figure 11. Read Byte Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
DATA BYTE  
A
PEC  
A
P
38821 F12  
Figure 12. Read Byte Protocol with PEC  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
DATA BYTE LOW  
A
DATA BYTE HIGH NA  
P
38821 F13  
Figure 13. Read Word Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
DATA BYTE LOW  
A
DATA BYTE HIGH  
A
PEC  
A
P
38821 F14  
Figure 14. Read Word Protocol with PEC  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
8
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
BYTE COUNT = N  
A
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
DATA BYTE 1  
A
DATA BYTE 2  
A
DATA BYTE N NA  
P
38821 F15  
Figure 15. Block Read Protocol  
38821f  
34  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
8
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
BYTE COUNT = N  
A
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
DATA BYTE 1  
A
DATA BYTE 2  
A
DATA BYTE N  
A
PEC  
NA  
P
38821 F16  
Figure 16. Block Read Protocol with PEC  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
BYTE COUNT = M  
A
DATA BYTE 1  
A
8
1
8
1
DATA BYTE 2  
A
DATA BYTE M  
A
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
BYTE COUNT = N  
A
DATA BYTE 1  
A
8
8
1
1
DATA BYTE 2  
A
DATA BYTE N NA  
P
38821 F17  
Figure 17. Block Write – Block Read Process Call  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
S
SLAVE ADDRESS Wr  
A
COMMAND CODE  
A
BYTE COUNT = M  
A
DATA BYTE 1  
A
8
1
8
1
DATA BYTE 2  
A
DATA BYTE M  
A
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
Sr SLAVE ADDRESS Rd  
A
BYTE COUNT = N  
A
DATA BYTE 1  
A
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
DATA BYTE 2  
A
DATA BYTE N  
A
PEC  
NA  
P
38821 F18  
Figure 18. Block Write – Block Read Process Call with PEC  
1
7
1
1
8
1
1
ALERT RESPONSE  
ADDRESS  
S
Rd  
A
DEVICE ADDRESS NA  
P
38821 F19  
Figure 19. Alert Response Address Protocol  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
1
ALERT RESPONSE  
ADDRESS  
S
Rd  
A
DEVICE ADDRESS  
A
PEC  
NA  
P
38821 F20  
Figure 20. Alert Response Address Protocol with PEC  
38821f  
35  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
operaTion  
Serial Bus Timeout  
Serial Communication Errors  
The LTC3882-1 implements a timeout feature to avoid  
hanging the serial interface. The data packet timer be-  
gins running at the first START event before the SLAVE  
ADDRESS write byte and ends with the STOP bit. Packet  
transmission must be completed before the timer expires,  
or the LTC3882-1 will tri-state the bus and ignore all mes-  
sage data. The data packet includes the SLAVE ADDRESS  
byte, COMMAND CODE byte, repeated START and SLAVE  
ADDRESS byte (if a read operation), all ACKNOWLEDGE  
and flow control bits (R/W) and all data bytes.  
The LTC3882-1 supports the optional PMBus packet error  
checking protocol. This protocol appends a packet error  
code (PEC) to the end of applicable message transfers to  
improve communication reliability. The PEC is a CRC-8  
error-checking byte calculated by the bus device sending  
the last data byte. Refer to SMBus specification 1.2 or  
higherforadditionalimplementationdetails.AllLTC3882-1  
read operations will return a valid PEC if the bus master  
requests it. If bit 2 in the MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1  
command is set, the IC will not act in response to a bus  
write operation unless a valid PEC is also received from  
the host.  
The packet timer is typically set to 30ms. If bit 3 of MFR_  
CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1 is set, this period is extended  
to 255ms. The LTC3882-1 automatically allows a packet  
transmission time of 255ms for MFR_FAULT_LOG block  
reads regardless of the setting of this bit. In no circum-  
PEC errors on command writes, attempts to access un-  
supportedcommands,orwritinginvaliddatatosupported  
commands all cause the LTC3882-1 to generate a CML  
fault. The CML bit is then set in the STATUS_BYTE and  
STATUS_WORD commands, and the appropriate bit is set  
in the STATUS_CML command.  
stances will the timeout period be less than the t  
specification (25ms minimum).  
TIMEOUT  
The LTC3882-1 supports the full PMBus frequency range  
of 10kHz to 400kHz.  
38821f  
36  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pMbꢀꢁ coMManD suMMary  
PMBus Commands  
protocols defined in the PMBus Specification V1.2, Part  
II, Section 10.8.7, to communicate that it is busy. This  
device includes handshaking features to eliminate busy  
responses, simplify error handling software and ensure  
robust communication and system behavior. Please refer  
to PMBus Communication and Command Processing in  
the Applications Information section for further details.  
Table 7 lists supported PMBus commands and manufac-  
turer specific commands. Additional information about  
these commands can be found in Revision 1.2 of Part II of  
thePMBusPowerSystemManagementProtocolSpecifica-  
tionthatcanbefoundathttp://www.pmbus.org/specs.html.  
Usersareencouragedtoreferencethatmanual.Exceptions  
or manufacturer-specific implementations are detailed in  
the tables below. All standard PMBus commands from  
0x00 through 0xCF not listed in this table are implicitly  
not supported by the LTC3882-1. All commands from  
0xD0 through 0xFF not listed in this table are implicitly  
reservedbythemanufacturer.TheLTC3882-1mayexecute  
additional commands not listed in this table, and these  
can change without notice. Reading these unlisted com-  
mandsisharmlesstotheoperationoftheIC. Writestoany  
unsupported or reserved command should be avoided, as  
they may result in a CML fault and/or undesired operation  
of the part.  
LTC has made an effort to establish PMBus command  
compatibility and functional uniformity among its family  
of parts. However, differences may occur due to specific  
productrequirements.CompatibilityofPMBuscommands  
among any ICs should not be assumed based simply on  
command name. Always refer to the manufacturer’s data  
sheet of each device for a complete definition of a com-  
mand function.  
Data Formats  
PMBus supports specific floating point number formats  
and allows for a wide range of other data formats.  
If PMBus commands are received faster than they are be-  
ing processed, the part may become too busy to handle  
new commands. In these cases the LTC3882-1 follows the  
Table6describesthedataformatsusedbytheLTC3882-1.  
Abbreviations of these formats appear throughout this  
document.  
Table 6. Abbreviations of Supported Data Formats  
PMBus  
SPECIFICATION  
LTC  
TERMINOLOGY  
L11 Linear  
REFERENCE TERMINOLOGY DEFINITION  
EXAMPLE  
N
Part II ¶7.1  
Linear_5s_11s Floating point 16-bit data: value = Y • 2 , b[15:0] = 0x9807 = 10011_000_0000_0111  
–13  
where N = b[15:11] and Y = b[10:0], both value = 7 • 2 = 854E-6  
two’s compliment binary integers.  
–12  
L16 Linear VOUT_MODE  
CF DIRECT  
Part II ¶8.2  
Part II ¶7.2  
Linear_16u  
varies  
Floating point 16-bit data: value = Y • 2 , b[15:0] = 0x4C00 = 0100_1100_0000_0000  
–12  
where Y = b[15:0], an unsigned integer.  
value = 19456 • 2 = 4.75  
16-bit data with a custom format  
defined in the detailed PMBus command  
description.  
Often an unsigned or two’s compliment  
integer.  
Reg register bits  
Part II ¶10.3  
Reg  
Per-bit meaning defined in detailed PMBus PMBus STATUS_BYTE command.  
command description.  
ASC text characters  
Part II ¶22.2.1  
ASCII  
ISO/IEC 8859-1 [A05]  
LTC (0x4C5443)  
38821f  
37  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pMbꢀꢁ coMManD suMMary  
Table 7. PMBus Command Summary  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
SEE  
PAGE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
PAGE  
0x00 Channel (page) presently selected for  
any paged command.  
R/W Byte  
N
Reg  
0x00  
70  
l
l
OPERATION  
0x01 On, off and margin control.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Reg  
Reg  
0x80  
0x1E  
74  
73  
ON_OFF_CONFIG  
0x02 RUN pin and PMBus on/off command  
configuration.  
CLEAR_FAULTS  
0x03 Clear all set fault bits.  
Send Byte  
W Block  
N
N
92  
70  
PAGE_PLUS_WRITE  
0x05 Write a command directly to a specified  
page.  
PAGE_PLUS_READ  
WRITE_PROTECT  
STORE_USER_ALL  
RESTORE_USER_ALL  
CAPABILITY  
0x06 Read a command directly from a  
specified page.  
Block R/W  
Process  
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
71  
71  
l
0x10 Protect the device against unintended  
PMBus modifications.  
R/W Byte  
Send Byte  
Send Byte  
R Byte  
Reg  
0x00  
0xB0  
0x15 Store entire operating memory in  
EEPROM.  
103  
103  
72  
0x16 Restore entire operating memory from  
EEPROM.  
0x19 Summary of supported optional PMBus  
features.  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
L16  
L16  
L16  
L16  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L16  
l
SMBALERT_MASK  
VOUT_MODE  
0x1B Mask ALERT activity  
Block R/W  
R Byte  
see CMD  
details  
100  
80  
0x20 Voltage-related format (Linear) and  
exponent.  
0x14  
–12  
2
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
VOUT_COMMAND  
VOUT_MAX  
0x21 Nominal V  
value.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
V
V
1.0V  
0x1000  
80  
OUT  
0x24 Maximum V  
that can be set by any  
5.5V  
0x5800  
81  
OUT  
command, including margin.  
VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH  
VOUT_MARGIN_LOW  
VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE  
FREQUENCY_SWITCH  
VIN_ON  
0x25  
0x26  
0x27  
V
at high margin, must be greater  
V
1.05V  
0x10CD  
81  
OUT  
than VOUT_COMMAND.  
V
OUT  
at low margin, must be less than  
V
0.95V  
0x0F33  
81  
VOUT_COMMAND.  
V
slew rate for programmed output  
V/ms  
kHz  
V
0.25  
0xAA00  
85  
OUT  
changes.  
0x33 PWM frequency control.  
500kHz  
0xFBE8  
75  
0x35 Minimum input voltage to begin power  
conversion.  
6.5V  
0xCB40  
79  
VIN_OFF  
0x36 Decreasing input voltage at which power R/W Word  
conversion stops.  
V
6.0V  
0xCB00  
79  
IOUT_CAL_GAIN  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x38 Ratio of I  
current.  
voltage to sensed  
R/W Word  
mΩ  
V
0.63mΩ  
0xB285  
83  
SENSE  
0x40  
V
OUT  
overvoltage fault limit.  
R/W Word  
1.1V  
0x119A  
81  
l
l
VOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE 0x41  
V
V
overvoltage fault response.  
overvoltage warning limit.  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Reg  
L16  
0xB8  
96  
82  
OUT  
VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT  
0x42  
R/W Word  
V
1.075V  
0x1133  
OUT  
38821f  
38  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pMbꢀꢁ coMManD suMMary  
Table 7. PMBus Command Summary  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
SEE  
PAGE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT  
0x43  
V
V
V
undervoltage warning limit.  
R/W Word  
Y
L16  
L16  
V
0.925V  
82  
82  
OUT  
OUT  
OUT  
0x0ECD  
l
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x44  
undervoltage fault limit.  
R/W Word  
Y
V
0.9V  
0x0E66  
l
l
VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE 0x45  
undervoltage fault response.  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Reg  
L11  
0xB8  
96  
83  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x46 Output overcurrent fault limit.  
R/W Word  
A
29.75A  
0xDBB8  
l
l
IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE  
IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT  
0x47 Output overcurrent fault response.  
0x4A Output overcurrent warning limit.  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Reg  
L11  
0x00  
97  
83  
R/W Word  
A
20.0A  
0xDA80  
l
OT_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x4F External overtemperature fault limit.  
R/W Word  
Y
L11  
°C  
100.0°C  
0xEB20  
86  
l
l
OT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
OT_WARN_LIMIT  
0x50 External overtemperature fault response. R/W Byte  
0x51 External overtemperature warning limit. R/W Word  
Y
Y
Reg  
L11  
0xB8  
98  
86  
°C  
°C  
85.0°C  
0xEAA8  
l
l
l
UT_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x53 External undertemperature fault limit.  
R/W Word  
R/W Byte  
R/W Word  
Y
Y
N
L11  
Reg  
L11  
–40.0°C  
0xE580  
87  
98  
79  
UT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x54 External undertemperature fault  
response.  
0xB8  
0x55  
V
IN  
overvoltage fault limit.  
V
15.5V  
0xD3E0  
l
l
VIN_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT  
0x56  
0x58  
V
V
overvoltage fault response.  
undervoltage warning limit.  
R/W Byte  
Y
N
Reg  
L11  
0x80  
95  
79  
IN  
R/W Word  
V
6.3V  
0xCB26  
IN  
l
l
l
TON_DELAY  
0x60 Delay from RUN pin or OPERATION ON  
command to TON_RISE ramp start.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
Y
Y
Y
L11  
L11  
L11  
ms  
ms  
ms  
0.0ms  
84  
84  
85  
0x8000  
TON_RISE  
0x61 Time for V  
to rise from 0.0V to  
8.0ms  
0xD200  
OUT  
VOUT_COMMAND after TON_DELAY.  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x62 Maximum time for V  
to rise above  
10.0ms  
0xD280  
OUT  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT after  
TON_DELAY.  
l
l
l
l
TON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE 0x63 Fault response when TON_MAX_FAULT_ R/W Byte  
LIMIT is exceeded.  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reg  
L11  
L11  
L11  
0xB8  
99  
85  
85  
85  
TOFF_DELAY  
0x64 Delay from RUN pin or OPERATION OFF R/W Word  
command to TOFF_FALL ramp start.  
ms  
ms  
ms  
0.0ms  
0x8000  
TOFF_FALL  
0x65 Time for V  
to fall to 0.0V from  
R/W Word  
8.0ms  
0xD200  
OUT  
VOUT_COMMAND after TOFF_DELAY.  
TOFF_MAX_WARN_ LIMIT  
0x66 Maximum time for V  
to decay below R/W Word  
150ms  
0xF258  
OUT  
12.5% of VOUT_COMMAND after  
TOFF_FALL completes.  
STATUS_BYTE  
STATUS_WORD  
STATUS_VOUT  
STATUS_IOUT  
STATUS_INPUT  
0x78 One-byte channel status summary.  
0x79 Two-byte channel status summary.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Word  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
87  
88  
88  
89  
89  
0x7A  
0x7B  
V
fault and warning status.  
fault and warning status.  
OUT  
I
OUT  
0x7C Input supply fault and warning status.  
38821f  
39  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pMbꢀꢁ coMManD suMMary  
Table 7. PMBus Command Summary  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
SEE  
PAGE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE  
0x7D External temperature fault and warning  
status.  
R/W Byte  
Y
Reg  
Reg  
89  
90  
STATUS_CML  
0x7E Communication, memory and logic fault R/W Byte  
and warning status.  
N
STATUS_MFR_ SPECIFIC  
READ_VIN  
0x80 LTC3882-1-specific status.  
0x88 Measured V .  
R/W Byte  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Byte  
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
Reg  
L11  
L16  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
Reg  
90  
92  
93  
93  
94  
94  
94  
94  
93  
72  
V
V
IN  
READ_VOUT  
0x8B Measured V  
.
OUT  
READ_IOUT  
0x8C Measured I  
.
A
OUT  
READ_TEMPERATURE_1  
READ_TEMPERATURE_2  
READ_DUTY_CYCLE  
READ_FREQUENCY  
READ_POUT  
0x8D Measured external temperature.  
0x8E Measured internal temperature.  
0x94 Measured commanded PWM duty cycle.  
0x95 Measured PWM input clock frequency.  
0x96 Calculated output power.  
°C  
°C  
%
kHz  
W
PMBUS_REVISION  
0x98 Supported PMBus version.  
0x22  
V1.2  
MFR_ID  
0x99 Manufacturer identification.  
0x9A LTC model number.  
R String  
R String  
R Block  
N
N
N
ASC  
ASC  
ASC  
LTC  
104  
MFR_MODEL  
LTC3882-1 104  
104  
MFR_SERIAL  
0x9E Device serial number.  
LTC3882-1 Custom Commands  
MFR_VOUT_MAX  
0xA5 Maximum value of any V  
command.  
related  
R Word  
Y
L16  
V
5.6V  
0x599A  
80  
OUT  
l
l
l
l
USER_DATA_00  
USER_DATA_01  
USER_DATA_02  
USER_DATA_03  
0xB0 EEPROM word reserved for LTpowerPlay. R/W Word  
0xB1 EEPROM word reserved for LTpowerPlay. R/W Word  
N
Y
N
Y
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
103  
103  
103  
103  
0xB2 EEPROM word reserved for OEM use.  
R/W Word  
0xB3 EEPROM word available for general data R/W Word  
storage.  
0x0000  
0x0000  
l
USER_DATA_04  
0xB4 EEPROM word available for general data R/W Word  
storage.  
N
Reg  
103  
MFR_EE_UNLOCK  
MFR_EE_ERASE  
MFR_EE_DATA  
0xBD (contact the factory)  
0xBE (contact the factory)  
0xBF (contact the factory)  
103  
103  
103  
77  
l
MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_  
LTC3882-1  
0xD0 LTC3882-1 channel-specific  
configuration.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
Y
Reg  
0x1D  
l
l
MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1 0xD1 LTC3882-1 device-level configuration.  
N
Y
Reg  
Reg  
0x01  
73  
MFR_FAULT_PROPAGATE_  
LTC3882-1  
0xD2 Configure LTC3882-1 status propagation R/W Word  
0x6993  
101  
via FAULTn pins.  
l
l
l
MFR_VOUT_AVP  
0xD3 Specify V  
load line.  
R/W Word  
Y
Y
Y
L11  
Reg  
Reg  
%
0%  
81  
78  
OUT  
0x8000  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1 0xD4 LTC3882-1 channel-specific PWM mode R/W Byte  
control.  
0xC8  
0xC0  
MFR_FAULT_RESPONSE  
0xD5 PWM response when FAULTn pin is low. R/W Byte  
101  
38821f  
40  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
pMbꢀꢁ coMManD suMMary  
Table 7. PMBus Command Summary  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
SEE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
R Byte  
R Word  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
PAGE  
MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
MFR_IOUT_PEAK  
0xD6 Internal overtemperature fault response.  
N
Y
Reg  
L11  
0xC0  
98  
93  
0xD7 Maximum I  
measurement since last  
A
ms  
ms  
V
OUT  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
l
l
MFR_RETRY_DELAY  
MFR_RESTART_DELAY  
MFR_VOUT_PEAK  
MFR_VIN_PEAK  
0xDB Minimum time before retry after a fault. R/W Word  
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
L11  
L11  
L16  
L11  
L11  
350ms  
0xFABC  
99  
84  
93  
93  
94  
0xDC Minimum time RUN pin is held low by  
the LTC3882-1.  
R/W Word  
R Word  
R Word  
R Word  
500ms  
0xFBE8  
0xDD Maximum V  
measurement since last  
OUT  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
0xDE Maximum V measurement since last  
V
IN  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_1_PEAK 0xDF Maximum external temperature  
°C  
measurement since last MFR_CLEAR_  
PEAKS.  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1  
MFR_ADDRESS  
0xE3 Clear all peak values.  
Send Byte  
R Word  
N
N
N
94  
91  
72  
0xE5 State of selected LTC3882-1 pads.  
Reg  
Reg  
l
0xE6 Specify right-justified 7-bit device  
address.  
R/W Byte  
0x4F  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE  
0xEA Force transfer of fault log from operating Send Byte  
memory to EEPROM.  
N
103  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_CLEAR  
MFR_FAULT_LOG  
0xEC Clear existing EEPROM fault log.  
0xEE Read fault log data.  
Send Byte  
R Block  
N
N
N
N
102  
102  
91  
Reg  
Reg  
MFR_COMMON  
0xEF LTC-generic device status reporting.  
R Byte  
MFR_COMPARE_USER_ALL  
0xF0 Compare operating memory with  
EEPROM contents.  
Send Byte  
103  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_2_PEAK 0xF4 Maximum internal temperature  
measurement since last  
R Word  
N
L11  
°C  
94  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
l
l
l
l
l
MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 0xF5 LTC3882-1 PWM configuration common R/W Byte  
to both channels.  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reg  
CF  
0x14  
76  
83  
86  
86  
72  
MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC  
0xF6 Output current sense element  
temperature coefficient.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Byte  
ppm/°C  
°C or V  
3900ppm/°C  
0x0F3C  
MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN  
0xF8 Slope for external temperature  
calculations.  
CF  
1.0  
0x4000  
MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET  
MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS  
0xF9 Offset addend for external temperature  
calculations.  
L11  
Reg  
0.0  
0x8000  
0xFA Specify unique right-justified 7-bit  
address for channels comprising a  
PolyPhase output.  
0x80  
MFR_RESET  
0xFD Force full reset without removing power. Send Byte  
N
74  
NVM  
l
Indicates a command value stored to internal EEPROM using STORE_USER_ALL or restored to RAM from internal EEPROM at power-up or  
execution of RESTORE_USER_ALL or MFR_RESET.  
38821f  
41  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
Efficiency Considerations  
choosing a driver with very low drive resistance and a  
MOSFET with low gate charge Q , gate resistance R  
G
G
Normally, one of the primary goals of any LTC3882-1 ap-  
plication will be to obtain the highest practical conversion  
efficiency. The efficiency of a switching regulator is equal  
to the output power divided by the input power. It is often  
useful to analyze individual losses to determine what is  
limitingtheefficiencyandtoascertainwhichchangewould  
producethemostimprovement.Balancingorlimitingthese  
individual losses plays a dominant role in the component  
selection process outlined over the next few sections.  
andMillercapacitanceC  
can be estimated by:  
.Absolutetransitionloss  
MILLER  
2
P
= (1.7) • V • I  
• C • f  
MILLER PWM  
TRANS  
IN  
OUT  
4. Gatedrivecurrentisequaltothesumofthetopandbot-  
tomMOSFETgatechargesmultipliedbythefrequencyof  
operation. These charges are based on the gate voltage  
applied by the FET driver and can be determined from  
manufacturer curves like the one shown in Figure 21.  
Many driver ICs employ asymmetrical gate voltages for  
top and bottom FETs.  
Percent efficiency can be expressed as:  
%Efficiency = 100% – (L1 + L2 + L3 + …)  
where L1, L2, et al, are the individual losses as a percent-  
Other sources of loss include body or Schottky diode  
conduction during the driver dependent non-overlap time  
andinductorcorelosses. Theselattercategoriesgenerally  
account for less than 2% total additional loss.  
age of input power: 100 • P /P .  
Ln IN  
Although all dissipative elements in the system produce  
losses, four main sources usually account for most of  
the losses in LTC3882-1 applications: IC supply current,  
PWM Frequency and Inductor Selection  
2
I R losses, topside power MOSFET transition losses and  
TheselectionofthePWMswitchingfrequencyisatrade-off  
betweenefficiency,transientresponseandcomponentsize.  
High frequency operation reduces the size of the inductor  
and output capacitor as well as increasing the maximum  
practical control loop bandwidth. However, efficiency is  
generally lower due to increased transition and switch-  
ing losses. The inductor value is related to the switching  
total gate drive current.  
1. The LTC3882-1 IC supply current is a DC value given  
in the Electrical Characteristics table. The absolute loss  
created by the IC itself is approximately this current  
timestheV supplyvoltage.ICsupplycurrenttypically  
CC  
results in a small loss (<0.1%).  
frequency f  
and step-down ratio. It should be selected  
2
PWM  
2. I R losses occur mainly in the DC resistances of the  
to meet choke ripple current requirements. The inductor  
value can be calculated using the following equation:  
MOSFET, inductor, PCB routing, and input and output  
capacitor ESR. Since each MOSFET is only on for part  
ofthecycle,itson-resistanceiseffectivelymultipliedby  
the percentage of the cycle it is on. Therefore the bot-  
tom MOSFET should have a much lower on-resistance  
VOUT  
PWM ΔIL  
VOUT  
L =  
1–  
f
V
IN  
R
DS(ON)  
than the top MOSFET in high step-down ratio  
Allowing a larger value of choke ripple current (∆I ) leads  
L
applications. It is crucial that careful attention is paid  
to the layout of the power path on the PCB to minimize  
its resistance. In a 2-phase 1.2V system, 1mΩ of PCB  
resistance at the output costs 5% in efficiency with the  
output running at 60A.  
to smaller L, but results in greater core loss and higher  
output voltage ripple for a given output capacitance and/  
or ESR. A reasonable starting point for setting the ripple  
current is 30% of the maximum output current.  
The inductor saturation current rating needs to be higher  
thanthepeakinductorcurrentduringtransientconditions.  
3. Transition losses apply only to the topside MOSFET and  
becomesignificantwhenoperatingathighinputvoltages  
(typically above 12V). This loss can be minimized by  
If I  
is the maximum rated load current, then the maxi-  
OUT  
mum transient current I  
would normally be chosen to  
MAX  
be some factor greater than I  
(e.g., 1.6 • I ).  
OUT  
OUT  
38821f  
42  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
The minimum saturation current rating should be chosen  
to allow margin due to manufacturing and temperature  
variation in the sense resistor or inductor DCR. A reason-  
is normally less important for overall efficiency than its  
input capacitance. MOSFET manufacturers have designed  
special purpose devices that provide reasonably low on-  
resistance with significantly reduced input capacitance  
for the main switch application in switching regulators.  
able I value would be 2.2 • I  
.
SAT  
OUT  
The programmed current limit IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT  
must be low enough to ensure that the inductor never  
saturates and high enough to allow increased current  
duringtransientconditionswithmarginforDCRvariation.  
For example, if  
Selection criteria for the power MOSFETs include on-  
resistance, gate charge, Miller capacitance, breakdown  
voltage and maximum output current.  
For maximum efficiency, R  
and Q should be mini-  
G
DS(ON)  
I
I
= 2.2 • I , and  
mized. Low R  
minimizes conduction losses and low  
SAT  
OUT  
DS(ON)  
Q minimizes switching and transition losses. MOSFET  
G
= 1.6 • I  
MAX  
OUT  
gate charge can be taken from the typical gate charge  
a reasonable output current limit would be  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT = 1.8 • I  
curve included on most data sheets (Figure 21).  
OUT  
Once the value of L is known, the type of inductor must be  
selected.Highefficiencyconvertersgenerallycannotafford  
the core losses found in low cost powdered iron cores,  
forcingtheuseofmoreexpensiveferriteormolypermalloy  
cores.Also,corelossesdecreaseasinductanceincreases.  
Unfortunately, increased inductance requires more turns  
of wire, larger inductance and larger copper losses.  
MILLER EFFECT  
V
GS  
Q
Q
B
A
Q
IN  
C
Q
Q
V
MILLER = ( B – A)/ DS  
38821 F21  
Ferritedesignshaveverylowcorelossandarepreferredat  
highswitchingfrequencies.However,thesecorematerials  
exhibit hard saturation, causing an abrupt reduction in the  
inductance when the peak current capability is exceeded.  
Do not allow the core to saturate!  
Figure 21. Typical MOSFET Gate Charge Curve  
C
is the most important selection criteria for deter-  
MILLER  
mining the transition loss term in the top MOSFET but is  
not directly specified on MOSFET data sheets. C  
is  
MILLER  
equal to the increase in gate charge along the horizontal  
axis of Figure 21 while the curve is approximately flat,  
Power MOSFET Selection  
divided by the specified change in V . This result is  
DS  
The LTC3882-1 requires at least two external N-channel  
powerMOSFETsperchannel,oneforthetop(main)switch  
andoneormoreforthebottom(synchronous)switch.The  
number, type and on-resistance of the MOSFETs selected  
should take into account the voltage step-down ratio and  
the FET circuit position (main or synchronous switch).  
A much smaller and lower input capacitance MOSFET  
should be used for the top MOSFET in applications that  
have an output voltage that is less than one-third of the  
input voltage. At operating frequencies above 300kHz  
then multiplied by the ratio of the actual application V  
DS  
to the V specified on the gate charge curve. When the  
DS  
controller is operating in continuous mode the duty cycles  
for the top and bottom MOSFETs are given by:  
VOUT  
Main Switch Duty Cycle =  
V
IN  
V – V  
IN  
OUT  
Synchronous Switch Duty Cycle =  
V
IN  
and where V >> V , the top MOSFET on-resistance  
IN  
OUT  
38821f  
43  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
The power dissipation for the main and synchronous  
MOSFETs at maximum output current are given by:  
voltage rating of the MOSFET. If this ringing cannot be  
avoided and exceeds the maximum rating of the device,  
choose a higher voltage rated MOSFET.  
VOUT  
PMAIN  
=
I
(
2 (1+δ)RDS(ON)  
+
)
MAX  
V
IN  
MOSFET Driver Selection  
2 IMAX  
Gate driver ICs, DrMOS devices and power blocks with an  
interface compatible with the LTC3882-1 3.3V three-state  
PWM control output(s) can be used. An external resistor  
divider may be needed to set three-state control voltage  
outputs to mid-rail while in the high impedance state, de-  
pendingonthedriverselected.Theseexternaldriver/power  
circuits do not typically present a heavy capacitive load to  
the LTC3882-1 PWM outputs. Suitable drivers such as the  
LTC4449 are capable of driving large gate capacitances at  
high transition rates. In fact, when driving MOSFETs with  
very low gate charge, it is sometimes helpful to slow down  
the drivers by adding small gate resistors (5Ω or less) to  
reduce noise and EMI caused by fast transitions.  
V
R
C
(
DR )(  
)
IN  
MILLER  
2
1
1
+
f
(
)
PWM  
V – VTH(IL) VTH(IL) ⎥  
GG  
V – V  
IN  
OUT  
PSYNC  
=
I
(
2 (1+δ)RDS(ON)  
)
MAX  
V
IN  
where δ is the temperature dependency of R  
, R  
DS(ON) DR  
is the effective top driver resistance, V is the drain po-  
IN  
tential and the change in drain potential in the particular  
application. V is the applied gate voltage, V  
is  
GG  
TH(IL)  
the typical gate threshold voltage specified in the power  
MOSFET data sheet at the specified drain current, and  
Using PWM Protocols  
C
is the capacitance calculated using the technique  
MILLER  
previously described.  
For successful utilization of the driver selected, the  
appropriate LT3882-1 PWM control protocol must be  
programmed. The LTC3882-1 supports two three-state  
PWM control protocols. See bit[1] of the MFR_PWM_  
MODE_LTC3882-1 PMBus command.  
The term (1 + δ) is generally given for a MOSFET in the  
form of a normalized R  
versus temperature curve.  
DS(ON)  
Typical values for δ range from 0.005/°C to 0.01/°C de-  
pending on the particular MOSFET used.  
2
The first of these protocols (bit[1]=0) is for drivers con-  
trolled by a single 3-state input that have sufficiently short  
delay to the diode emulation state (both top and bottom  
power MOSFETs disabled in a fraction of a PWM cycle),  
such as the LTC4449. The second protocol (bit[1]=1)  
handles all other 3.3V compatible drivers with a single  
3-state control input.  
BothMOSFETshaveI RlosseswhilethetopsideN-channel  
losses also include transition losses, which are highest  
at high input voltages. For V < 20V the high current ef-  
IN  
ficiency generally improves with larger MOSFETs, while  
for V > 20V the transition losses rapidly increase to  
IN  
the point that the use of a higher R  
device with  
DS(ON)  
lower C  
actually provides higher efficiency. The  
MILLER  
synchronous MOSFET losses are greatest at high input  
voltage when the top switch duty factor is low or during  
a short-circuit when the synchronous switch is on close  
to 100% of the period.  
C Selection  
IN  
The input bypass capacitance for an LTC3882-1 circuit  
needs to have ESR low enough to keep the supply drop  
low as the top MOSFETs turn on, RMS current capability  
adequate to withstand the ripple current at the input, and  
a capacitance value large enough to maintain the input  
voltage until the input supply can make up the difference.  
Generally, a capacitor that meets the first two require-  
ments (particularly a non-ceramic type) will have far more  
Multiple MOSFETs can be used in parallel to lower R  
DS(ON)  
and meet the current and thermal requirements if desired.  
If using discrete drivers and MOSFETs, check the stress  
on the MOSFETs by independently measuring the drain-  
to-source voltages directly across the device terminals.  
Bewareofinductiveringingthatcouldexceedthemaximum  
38821f  
44  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
capacitance than is required to keep capacitance-based  
droop under control.  
fromhigherinductance,largercasesizeandlimitedsurface  
mountapplicability;andelectrolyticcapacitorshavehigher  
ESRandcandryout.SanyoOS-CONSVP(D)series,Sanyo  
POSCAP TQC series, or Panasonic EE-FT series aluminum  
electrolyticcapacitorscanbeusedinparallelwithacouple  
of high performance ceramic capacitors as an effective  
means of achieving low ESR and high bulk capacitance.  
The input capacitance voltage rating should be at least 1.4  
times the maximum input voltage. Power loss due to ESR  
2
occurs as I R dissipation in the capacitor itself. The input  
capacitor RMS current and its impact on any preceding  
input network is reduced by PolyPhase architecture. It can  
be shown that the worst case RMS current occurs when  
only one controller is operating. The controller with the  
InadditiontoPWMbulkinputcapacitance,asmall(0.01ꢀF  
to 1ꢀF) bypass capacitor between the chip VINSNS pin  
and ground, placed close to the LTC3882-1, is also sug-  
highest(V )(I )productshouldbeusedtodetermine  
OUT OUT  
the maximum RMS current requirement. Increasing the  
outputcurrentdrawnfromtheotherout-of-phasecontrol-  
ler will decrease the input RMS ripple current from this  
maximum value. Two channel out-of-phase operation  
typically reduces the input capacitor RMS ripple current  
by a factor of 30% to 70%.  
gested. A small resistor placed between the bulk C and  
IN  
theVINSNSpinprovidesfurtherisolationbetweenthetwo  
channels. However, if the time constant of any such R-C  
network on the VINSNS pin exceeds 30ns, dynamic line  
transient response can be adversely affected.  
C
OUT  
Selection  
In continuous inductor conduction mode, the source cur-  
rent of the top power MOSFET is approximately a square  
The selection of C  
is primarily determined by the ESR  
OUT  
requiredtominimizevoltagerippleandloadsteptransients.  
waveofdutycycleV /V .ThemaximumRMScapacitor  
OUT IN  
The output ripple ∆V  
is approximately bounded by:  
current in this case is given by:  
OUT  
1
VOUT V – V  
(
)
IN  
OUT  
ΔVOUT ≤ ΔIL ESR+  
IRMS IOUT(MAX)  
8fPWM COUT  
V
IN  
where ∆I is the inductor ripple current.  
L
This formula has a maximum at V = 2V , where  
IN  
OUT  
VOUT  
LfPWM  
VOUT  
I
= I /2  
OUT  
RMS  
ΔIL =  
1–  
V
IN  
This simple worst-case condition is commonly used for  
design because even significant deviations do not offer  
much relief.  
Since ∆I increases with input voltage, the output ripple  
L
voltage is highest at maximum input voltage. Typically  
once the ESR requirement is satisfied, the capacitance is  
adequate for filtering and has the necessary RMS current  
rating.  
Notethatmanufacturerripplecurrentratingsforcapacitors  
are often based on only 2000 hours of life. This makes  
it advisable to further derate the capacitor or to choose  
a capacitor rated at a higher temperature than required.  
Several capacitors may also be paralleled to meet size or  
height requirements in the design. Always consult the  
manufacturer if there is any question.  
Manufacturers such as Sanyo, Panasonic and Cornell Du-  
biliershouldbeconsideredforhighperformancethrough-  
hole capacitors. The OS-CON semiconductor electrolyte  
capacitor available from Sanyo has a good (ESR)(size)  
product. An additional ceramic capacitor in parallel with  
polarized capacitors is recommended to offset the effect  
of lead inductance.  
Ceramic, tantalum, semiconductor electrolyte (OS-CON),  
hybrid conductive polymer (SUNCON) and switcher-rated  
electrolyticcapacitorscanbeusedasinputcapacitors,but  
each has drawbacks. Ceramics have high voltage coeffi-  
cients of capacitance and may have audible piezoelectric  
effects;tantalumsneedtobesurge-rated;OS-CONssuffer  
In surface mount applications, multiple capacitors may  
have to be paralleled to meet the ESR or transient current  
38821f  
45  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
handling requirements of the application. Aluminum elec-  
trolytic and dry tantalum capacitors are both available in  
surfacemountconfigurations.Newspecialpolymersurface  
mount capacitors offer very low ESR also but have much  
lower capacitive density per unit volume. In the case of  
tantalum, it is critical that the capacitors are surge tested  
for useinswitching power supplies. Severalexcellentout-  
put capacitor choices include the Sanyo POSCAP TPD/E/F  
series, the Kemet T520, T530 and A700 series, NEC/Tokin  
NeoCapacitors and Panasonic SP series. Other suitable  
capacitor types include Nichicon PL series and Sprague  
595D series. Consult the manufacturer for other specific  
recommendations.  
tion to provide phase boost at the LC pole frequency for  
significantly improving the control loop phase margin,  
as shown in Figure 23.  
C2  
V
OUT  
C1  
C3  
R3  
R2  
R1  
INTERNAL  
FB  
EA  
COMP  
+
V
DAC  
3882 F22  
Figure 22. Type 3 Compensation Circuit  
Feedback Loop Compensation  
–1  
TheLTC3882-1isavoltagemodecontrollerwithasecond,  
dedicatedcurrentsharinglooptoprovideexcellentphase-  
to-phase current sharing in PolyPhase applications. The  
current sharing loop is internally compensated.  
GAIN  
+1  
–1  
0
FREQ  
–90  
PHASE  
–180  
–270  
–380  
BOOST  
38821 F23  
While Type 2 compensation for the voltage control loop  
may be adequate in some applications (such as with the  
use of high ESR bulk capacitors), Type 3 compensation  
and ceramic capacitors are recommended for optimum  
transient response.  
Figure 23. Type 3 Compensation Frequency Response  
In a typical LTC3882-1 circuit, the feedback loop closed  
around this control amplifier and compensation network  
consists of the line feedforward circuit, the modulator,  
the external inductor and the output capacitor. All these  
componentsaffectloopbehaviorandneedtobeaccounted  
for in the frequency compensation.  
Figure 22 shows a simplified view of the error amplifier EA  
for one LTC3882-1 channel. The positive input of the error  
amplifier is connected to the output of an internal 12-bit  
DAC fed by a 1.024V reference, while the negative input is  
connected to the FB pin and other internal circuits (not all  
shown). R1 is internal to the IC with a value range given  
The modulator consists of the PWM generator, the output  
MOSFET drivers and the external MOSFETs themselves.  
Step-down modulator gain varies linearly with the input  
voltage. The line feedforward circuit compensates for this  
by the R  
parameter in the Electrical Characteristics  
VSFB  
table. The output is connected to COMP, from which the  
PWM controller derives the required output duty cycle. To  
speedupovershootrecoverytime,themaximumpotential  
at the COMP pin is internally clamped.  
changeingain, andprovidesaconstantgainA  
of4V/V  
MOD  
fromtheerroramplifieroutputCOMPtotheinductorinput  
(average DC voltage) regardless of V . The combination  
IN  
Unlike many regulators that use a transconductance (g )  
m
of the line feedforward circuit and the modulator looks  
like a linear voltage transfer function from COMP to the  
inductor input with a fairly benign AC behavior at typical  
loop compensation frequencies. Significant phase shift  
will not begin to occur in this transfer function until half  
the switching frequency.  
amplifier, the LTC3882-1 is designed to use an inverting  
summing amplifier topology with the FB pin configured  
as a virtual ground. This allows feedback gain to be tightly  
controlled by external components, which is not possible  
with a simple g amplifier. The voltage feedback amplifier  
m
also provides flexibility in choosing pole and zero loca-  
tions. In particular, it allows the use of Type 3 compensa-  
38821f  
46  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
Theexternalinductor/outputcapacitorcombinationmakes  
a more significant contribution to loop behavior. These  
componentscausea2ndorderamplituderoll-offthatfilters  
the PWM waveform, resulting in the desired DC output  
voltage. But the additional 180° phase shift produced by  
this filter causes stability issues in the feedback loop and  
must be frequency compensated. At higher frequencies,  
the reactance of the output capacitor will approach its  
ESR, and the roll-off due to the capacitor will stop, leaving  
–20dB/decade and 90° of phase shift.  
fPWM  
10  
fC =crossover frequency =  
1
fZ1(ERR) =fLC =  
2πR2C1  
fC  
5
1
fZ2(RES)  
=
=
2π(R1+R3)C3  
1
fP1(ERR) =fESR  
=
2πR2(C1//C2)  
1
fP2(RES) =5fC =  
The transfer function of the Type 3 circuit shown in  
Figure 22 is given by the following equation:  
2πR3C3  
Required error amplifier gain at frequency f is:  
C
VCOMP  
VOUT  
–(1+sC1R2)[1+s(R1+R3)C3]  
sR1(C1+C2)[1+s(C1//C2)R2](1+sC3R3)  
=
2
2
fC  
fC  
f
ESR  
40log 1+  
20log 1+  
15.56  
f
LC  
The RC network across the error amplifier and the feed-  
forward components R3 and C3 introduce two pole-zero  
pairs to obtain a phase boost at the system unity-gain  
Once the value of resistor R1 (function of selected V  
OUT  
range) and pole/zero locations have been decided, the  
value of R2, C1, C2, R3 and C3 can be obtained from the  
previous equations.  
(crossover)frequency,f .Intheory,thezerosandpolesare  
C
placedsymmetricallyaroundf ,andthespreadbetweenthe  
C
zeros and the poles is adjusted to give the desired phase  
Compensating a switching power supply feedback loop is  
a complex task. The applications shown in this data sheet  
providetypicalvalues,optimizedforthepowercomponents  
shown.Thoughsimilarpowercomponentsshouldsuffice,  
substantially changing even one major power component  
may degrade performance significantly. Stability also may  
depend on circuit board layout. To verify the calculated  
component values, all new circuit designs should be  
prototyped and tested for stability.  
boostatf .However,inpractice,ifthecrossoverfrequency  
C
is much higher than the LC double-pole frequency, this  
method of frequency compensation normally generates  
a phase dip within the unity bandwidth and creates some  
concern regarding conditional stability.  
If conditional stability is a concern, move the error ampli-  
fier zero to a lower frequency to avoid excessive phase  
dip. The following equations can be used to compute the  
feedback compensation component values:  
The LTPowerCAD software tool can be used as a guide  
through the entire power supply design process, includ-  
ing optimization of circuit component values according to  
system requirements.  
1
fLC =  
2π LCOUT  
1
fESR  
=
2πRESR OUT  
C
PCB Layout Considerations  
choose:  
To prevent magnetic and electrical field radiation or high  
frequency resonant problems and to ensure correct IC  
operation, proper layout of the components connected  
to the LTC3882-1 is essential. Refer to Figure 24, which  
also illustrates current waveforms typically present in the  
circuit branches. R  
will be replaced with a dead short  
SENSE  
ifDCRsensingisused.Formaximumefficiency,theswitch  
38821f  
47  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
noderiseandfalltimesshouldbeminimized.Thefollowing  
PCB design priority list will help ensure proper topology.  
sensing is used, place the top resistor (R1, Figure 25)  
close to the switch node.  
1. Place a ground or DC voltage layer between a power  
layer and a small-signal layer. Generally, power planes  
should be placed on the top layer (4-layer PCB), or top  
and bottom layer if more than 4 layers are used. Use  
wide/short copper traces for power components and  
avoid improper use of thermal relief around power  
plane vias to minimize resistance and inductance.  
6. Place low ESR output capacitors adjacent to the sense  
resistor output and ground. Output capacitor ground  
connections must feed into the same copper that con-  
nects to the input capacitor ground before connecting  
back to system ground.  
7. Connection of switching ground to system ground,  
small-signalanaloggroundoranyinternalgroundplane  
should be single-point. If the system has an internal  
systemgroundplane, agoodwaytodothisistocluster  
viasintoasinglestarpointtomaketheconnection.This  
cluster should be located directly beneath the IC GND  
paddle, which serves as both analog signal ground and  
2. Low ESR input capacitors should be placed as close  
as possible to switching FET supply and ground con-  
nections with the shortest copper traces possible. The  
switching FETs must be on the same layer of copper  
as the input capacitors with a common topside drain  
connection at C . Do not attempt to split the input  
the negative sense for V  
. A useful CAD technique  
OUT1  
IN  
decoupling for the two channels, as a large resonant  
loop can result. Vias should not be used to make these  
connections. Avoid blocking forced air flow to the  
switching FETs with large size passive components.  
is to make separate ground nets and use a 0Ω resistor  
to connect them to system ground.  
8. Place all small-signal components away from high  
frequency switching nodes. Place decoupling capaci-  
tors for the LTC3882-1 immediately adjacent to the IC.  
3. If using a discrete FET driver, place that IC close to the  
switching FET gate terminals, keeping the connecting  
traces short to produce clean drive signals. This rule  
also applies to driver IC supply and ground pins that  
connect to the switching FET source pins. The driver  
IC can be placed on the opposite side of the PCB from  
the switching FETs.  
9. A good rule of thumb for via count in a given high cur-  
rent path is to use 0.5A per via. Be consistent when  
applying this rule.  
10. Copper fills or pours are good for all power connec-  
tions except as noted above in rule 3. Copper planes  
on multiple layers can also be used in parallel. This  
helps with thermal management and lowers trace  
inductance, whichfurtherimprovesEMIperformance.  
4. Place the inductor input as close as possible to the  
switchingFETs.Minimizethesurfaceareaoftheswitch  
node. Make the trace width the minimum needed to  
support the maximum output current. Avoid copper  
fillsorpours.Avoidrunningtheconnectiononmultiple  
copper layers in parallel. Minimize capacitance from  
the switch node to any other trace or plane.  
Output Current Sensing  
+
The I  
and I  
pins are high impedance inputs to  
SENSE  
SENSE  
internalcurrentcomparators,thecurrent-sharingloopand  
telemetry ADC. The common mode range of the current  
senseinputsisapproximately0Vto5.5V.Continuouslinear  
operation is provided throughout this range. Maximum  
5. Place the output current sense resistor (if used) im-  
mediately adjacent to the inductor output. PCB traces  
for remote voltage and current sense should be run  
togetherbacktotheLTC3882-1inpairswiththesmall-  
est spacing possible on any given layer on which they  
are routed. Avoid high frequency switching signals  
and ideally shield with ground planes. Locate any filter  
component on these traces next to the LTC3882-1,  
and not at the Kelvin sense location. However, if DCR  
+
differentialcurrentsenseinput(I  
–I  
)is70mV,  
SENSE  
SENSE  
including any variation over temperature. These inputs  
must be properly connected in the application at all times.  
TomaximizeefficiencyatfullloadtheLTC3882-1isdesigned  
to sense current through the inductor’s DCR, as shown in  
Figure 25. The DCR of the inductor represents the small  
amount of DC winding resistance of the copper, which  
38821f  
48  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
SW1  
L1  
R
SENSE1  
V
OUT1  
D1  
C
OUT1  
R
L1  
V
IN  
R
IN  
C
IN  
SW0  
L0  
R
SENSE0  
V
OUT0  
D0  
C
OUT0  
R
L0  
BOLD LINES INDICATE  
HIGH SWITCHING  
CURRENT. KEEP LINES  
TO A MINIMUM LENGTH.  
38821 F24  
Figure 24. High Frequency Paths and Branch Current Waveforms  
for most inductors suitable to LTC3882-1 applications, is  
between 0.3mΩ and 1mΩ. If the filter RC time constant is  
chosen to be exactly equal to the L/DCR time constant of  
the inductor, the voltage drop across the external capaci-  
tor is equal to the voltage drop across the inductor DCR.  
Check the manufacturer’s data sheet for specifications  
regardingtheinductorDCRinordertoproperlydimension  
the external filter components. The DCR of the inductor  
can also be measured using a good RLC meter.  
Resistor R1 should be placed close to the switch node,  
to prevent noise from coupling into sensitive small-signal  
nodes. Capacitor C1 should be placed close to the IC pins.  
Anexampleofdiscreteresistorsensingofoutputcurrentis  
showninFigure26. Previously, theparasiticinductanceof  
the sense resistor could represent a relatively small error.  
New high current density solutions may utilize low sense  
resistor values producing sense voltages less than 20mV.  
In addition, inductor ripple currents greater than 50%  
with operation up to 1MHz are becoming more common.  
Use the nominal or measured value of DCR to program  
IOUT_CAL_GAIN (in mΩ). The temperature coefficient  
of the inductor’s DCR is typically high, like copper. Again,  
consultthemanufacturer’sdatasheet. TheLTC3882-1can  
adjust for this non-ideality if the correct MFR_IOUT_CAL_  
GAIN_TC value is programmed. Typically this coefficient  
is around 3900ppm/°C.  
Undertheseconditions,thevoltagedropacrossthesense  
resistor’s parasitic inductance is no longer negligible. An  
RC filter can be used to extract the resistive component  
of the current sense signal in the presence of parasitic  
inductance. Forexample, Figure27illustratesthevoltage  
38821f  
49  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
waveform across a 2mΩ resistor with a 2010 footprint.  
The waveform is the superposition of a purely resistive  
component and a purely inductive component. If the  
RC time constant is chosen to be close to the parasitic  
inductance divided by the sense resistor (L/R), the re-  
sultant waveform looks resistive, as shown in Figure 28.  
If low value (<5mΩ) sense resistors are used, verify that  
the signal across C resembles the current through the  
F
inductor, and reduce R to eliminate any large step associ-  
F
ated with the turn-on of the primary switch.  
Output Voltage Sensing  
Accurate Kelvin sensing techniques should be used  
to connect the output voltage differentially back to the  
For applications using low maximum sense voltages,  
check the sense resistor manufacturer’s data sheet for  
information about parasitic inductance. In the absence of  
data, measure the voltage drop directly across the sense  
resistor to extract the magnitude of the ESL step and the  
following equation to determine the ESL:  
LTC3882-1V  
pinsofthemasterchannelforthebest  
SENSE  
output voltage regulation at the point of load. These pins  
also provide the ADC inputs for output voltage telemetry.  
VESL(STEP)  
tON tOFF  
tON + tOFF  
ESL =  
∆IL  
V
IN  
VINSNS  
12V  
5V  
LTC3882-1  
V
CC  
V
V
BOOST  
TG  
CC  
INDUCTOR  
DCR  
V
DD33  
LOGIC  
L
LTC4449  
PWM  
+
IN  
TS  
V
OUT  
BG  
I
I
GND SENSE SENSE  
GND  
R1*  
C1*  
38821 F25  
L
DCR  
R1 • C1 =  
*PLACE R1 NEAR INDUCTOR  
+
PLACE C1 NEAR I  
, I  
PINS  
SENSE SENSE  
Figure 25. Inductor DCR Output Current Sense  
V
IN  
VINSNS  
12V  
5V  
SENSE RESISTOR  
PLUS PARASITIC  
INDUCTANCE  
LTC3882-1  
V
V
V
BOOST  
TG  
CC  
CC  
V
DD33  
LOGIC  
L
R
ESL  
S
LTC4449  
PWM  
+
IN  
TS  
V
OUT  
BG  
C • 2R ≤ ESL/R  
F
F
S
I
I
GND SENSE SENSE  
GND  
POLE-ZERO  
CANCELLATION  
C
F
R
R
F
F
38821 F26  
FILTER COMPONENTS PLACED NEAR SENSE PINS  
Figure 26. Discrete Resistor Output Current Sense  
38821f  
50  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
While these considerations may or may not be important  
start-up voltage ramp. The maximum rate at which the  
LTC3882-1 can move the output in this fashion is 100µs/  
step. Soft-start is disabled by setting TON_ RISE to any  
value less than 0.250ms. The LTC3882-1 will perform the  
necessary math internally to assure the voltage ramp is  
controlled to the desired slope. However, the voltage slope  
cannot be any faster than the fundamental limits of the  
power stage. The smaller TON_RISE becomes, the more  
noticeable an output voltage stair-step may become.  
for slave channels, V  
must be connected back to the  
OUT  
slave channel V  
pin(s) in order for the I  
telemetry  
SENSE  
OUT  
ofthosephasestobeaccurate.Soingeneral,soundKelvin  
V
sensing techniques for all LTC3882-1 channels is  
OUT  
recommended.  
The LTC3882-1 also supports soft turn off in the same  
manner it controls turn on. TOFF_FALL is processed when  
the RUN pin goes low or if the part is commanded off.  
If the part faults off or FAULT is pulled low and the part  
is programmed to respond to this, the PWM instantly  
commands the output off. The output will then decay as  
a function of load current.  
V
RSENSE  
20mV/DIV  
V
ESL(STEP)  
38821 F27  
500ns/DIV  
Figure 27. Voltage Measured Directly Across RSENSE  
The LTC3882-1 can produce a controlled ramp off as long  
as the power stage is configured to run in CCM and the  
TOFF_FALL time is sufficiently slow that the power stage  
can achieve the desired slope. The TOFF_FALL time can  
only be met if the power stage can sink sufficient current  
under closed loop control to assure the output is at 0V  
by the end of the fall time. If TOFF_FALL is shorter than  
the time required to discharge the load capacitance, the  
output will not reach 0V. In this case, the power stage will  
V
ISENSE  
20mV/DIV  
38821 F28  
500ns/DIV  
still be commanded off at the end of TOFF_FALL and V  
OUT  
will decay at a rate determined by the load. If the control-  
ler is set to run DCM, the controller will not pull negative  
current and the output will only be pulled low by the load,  
not the power stage. The maximum fall time is limited to  
1.3 seconds. The smaller TOFF_FALL becomes, the more  
noticeable an output voltage stair-step may become.  
Figure 28. Voltage Measured at ISENSE Pins  
Soft-Start and Stop  
The LTC3882-1 uses digital ramp control to create both  
soft-start and soft-stop.  
The LTC3882-1 must enter the run state prior to soft-start.  
The RUN pins are released after the part initializes and  
VINSNS is determined to be greater than the VIN_ON  
threshold.  
Time-Based Output Sequencing and Ramping  
TheLTC3882-1TON_DELAYandTOFF_DELAYcommands  
canbeusedincombinationwiththeriseandfalltimecom-  
mandscoveredintheprevioussectiontoimplementawide  
range of versatile sequencing and ramping schemes. The  
key to time-based sequencing and ramping is the ability of  
LTC3882-1 master phases to move their outputs up and  
down according to PMBus command values as shown in  
Figure 29 and Figure 30.  
Onceintherunstate,soft-startisperformedafteranyaddi-  
tionalprescribeddelay(nextsection)byactivelyregulating  
the load voltage while digitally ramping the target voltage  
from 0V to the commanded voltage set point. Rise time of  
thevoltagerampcanbeprogrammedusingtheTON_RISE  
command to minimize inrush currents associated with  
38821f  
51  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
AsshowninFigure29, itisimportanttorememberthatthe  
hysteresis given in the Electrical Characteristics (EC) table  
appliesaboveVOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT,whichspecifiesthe  
UV limit when the output is falling out of regulation. For  
turn-on,theoutputmustriseabovethisprogrammedlimit  
plusthehysteresistoavoidexceedingTON_MAX_FAULT_  
LIMIT. PGOOD is indicated at that point. For this reason,  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMITshouldbemorethan27mVbelow  
the programmed output voltage in low range and more  
RUN  
PGOOD  
DIGITAL SERVO  
MODE ENABLED  
FINAL OUTPUT  
VOLTAGE REACHED  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT  
DAC VOLTAGE  
ERROR (NOT  
TO SCALE)  
TIME DELAY OF  
<1S, TYPICAL  
V
OUT  
than54mVbelowV  
inhighrange. Thereisafixeddelay  
OUT  
HYSTERESIS  
(NOT TO SCALE)  
and other timing uncertainty associated with all changes  
in output voltage controlled by the LTC3882-1. A nominal  
fixed timing delay of 270µs exists to process any change  
in output voltage, including soft start/stop, margining and  
generalchangesinVOUT_COMMANDvalue.Thestartofall  
time-basedoutputoperationsoccurwithanuncertaintyof  
50µs and have a nominal step resolution of 100µs. This  
meanstheminimumTON_DELAYorTOFF_DELAYthatthe  
LTC3882-1 can produce will range from 220µs to 320µs,  
not including basic oscillator tolerances. For software-  
based output changes (e.g., margining), this algorithmic  
delay begins when the STOP bit is received on the serial  
bus. An example of this minimum turn on/off delay and  
step-wise output control can be seen in Figure 31, where  
TON_DELAY = 0s and TON_RISE = 1ms.  
38821 F29  
TIME  
TON_RISE  
TON_DELAY  
Figure 29. Time-Based VOUT Turn-On  
RUN  
V
OUT  
38821 F30  
TIME  
TOFF_DELAY  
TOFF_FALL  
To effectively implement sequencing and synchronized  
ramping between rails controlled by LTC digital power  
products, two signals should be shared between all  
controlling ICs: SHARE_CLK and RUN (CONTROL pin  
on LTC297x products). This facilitates synchronized rail  
sequencing on or off based on shared input supply state  
(VIN_ONthreshold),externalhardwarecontrol(RUNpin),  
or PMBus commands (possibly using global addressing).  
Figure 30. Time-Based VOUT Turn-Off  
greatly simplify actual system development because rails  
can be re-sequenced without a hardware change as final  
product requirements evolve. The LTpowerPlay GUI and  
LTC3882-1 onboard EEPROM can be used for this task,  
avoidingtheneedforfirmwaredevelopmenttomodifyturn  
on/off relationships between rails. Entire power systems  
can then easily be scaled up or down, facilitating reuse of  
proven hardware macro designs.  
Figure 32 shows an example of output supply sequencing  
using TON_DELAY.  
Usingthisscheme,conventionalcoincidentandratiometric  
tracking can also be emulated by setting equivalent turn-  
on/off delays and appropriate rise and fall times as shown  
in Figure 33 and Figure 34.  
Voltage-Based Output Sequencing  
The LTC3882-1 is capable of voltage-based output se-  
quencing. For concatenated events between members of  
the LTC388x family, it is possible to control one RUN pin  
from a PGOOD pin of a different controller as shown in  
Inaddition,theseschemescaneasilybemixedandmatched  
to create any necessary ramping controls, some of which  
might prove difficult to implement with conventional  
analog-only controllers. These programmable features  
38821f  
52  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
Figure 35. This configuration hardware disables the next  
downstream controller anytime the output is not within  
the specified UV and OV limits, or the upstream controller  
is disabled. When indicating power is not good, there is  
a 30µs deglitching filter on the PGOOD output to assure  
the signal does not toggle repeatedly at lower values of  
V
OUT  
(1V/DIV)  
TON_RISE/FALL due to noise on V . If unwanted transi-  
OUT  
RUN  
(5V/DIV)  
tions still occur on PGOOD due to noise or longer rise/fall  
settings, place a capacitor to ground on the PGOOD pin  
to further filter the waveform. The RC time-constant of  
the filter should be low enough to assure no appreciable  
delay is incurred. A value of 300μs to 500μs will provide  
some additional filtering without significantly delaying  
the trigger event.  
38821 F31  
200µs/DIV  
Figure 31. Example of 1ms TON_RISE  
1V/DIV  
VOUT4  
VOUT3  
VOUT2  
VOUT1  
PGOOD0  
RUN 0  
START  
LTC3882-1  
RUN 1  
PGOOD1  
(PGOOD PULL-UP RESISTORS  
TO 3.3V NOT SHOWN)  
RUN 0  
RUN 1  
PGOOD0  
38821 F32  
LTC3882-1  
100ms/DIV  
PGOOD1  
Figure 32. LTC3882-1 Time-Based Supply Sequencing  
TO NEXT CHANNEL  
IN THE SEQUENCE  
38821 F35  
Figure 35. Cascade Sequencing Configuration  
1V/DIV  
VOUT4  
VOUT3  
VOUT2  
VOUT1  
1V/DIV  
VOUT4  
VOUT3  
VOUT2  
VOUT1  
38821 F33  
100ms/DIV  
Figure 33. LTC3882-1 Time-Based Coincident Supply Ramping  
38821 F36  
100ms/DIV  
1V/DIV  
Figure 36. Cascade Sequencing Waveforms  
VOUT4  
VOUT3  
VOUT2  
VOUT1  
When the system is turned off, rails will shut down in the  
same order as they turn on, as shown in Figure 36. If a  
different sequence is required, the circuit must be rewired  
or delays must be added by programming TON_DELAY or  
TOFF_DELAY.Afundamentallimitationofthisapplicationis  
38821 F34  
100ms/DIV  
the inability of upstream rails to detect a start-up failure of  
Figure 34. LTC3882-1 Time-Based Ratiometric Ramping  
38821f  
53  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
downstreamrails.Duetothis,cascadesequencingshould  
not be implemented without an external fast supervisor  
to monitor downstream rails and assert a system fault if  
problems occur.  
AVP DISABLED  
I
O
(10A/DIV)  
Using Output Voltage Servo  
173mV  
V
OUT  
For best output voltage accuracy, enable digital  
servo mode on the master phase by setting bit 6 of  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1. In digital servo mode,  
the LTC3882-1 will adjust the regulated output voltage  
basedonitsrelatedADCvoltagereading. Every100msthe  
digital servo loop will step the LSB of the DAC (nominally  
1.375mV or 0.6875mV depending on the voltage range  
bit) until the output is at the correct ADC reading.  
(50mV/DIV)  
WITH AVP  
I
O
(10A/DIV)  
When the master channel is turned on, digital servo is  
enabled after all of the following conditions are satisfied.  
V
OUT  
108mV  
• MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1 Bit 6 Is Set  
• The TON_RISE Sequence Is Complete  
• A VOUT_UV_FAULT Is Not Present  
• An IOUT_OC_FAULT Is Not Present  
• MFR_AVP = 0%  
(50mV/DIV)  
LOOP: BW = 118kHz, PM = 58°, GM = 7dB  
38821 F37  
Figure 37. Active Voltage Positioning  
output filter capacitance for some allowed output voltage  
variation over the anticipated load range. An example of  
AVP is shown in Figure 37. Refer to LTC Design Solution  
10 for additional examples of using AVP to advantage.  
Digital servo mode then engages after TON_MAX_  
FAULT_LIMIT has expired as shown in Figure 29, unless  
that limit is set to 0s (infinite). In that case, the mode is  
engaged as soon as the above conditions are satisfied.  
MFR_VOUT_AVP specifies the percent reduction in pro-  
grammed V  
from no load at an output current value  
OUT  
Using AVP  
equal to IOUT_WARN_LIMIT. LTC3882-1 AVP supports  
a maximum reduction in V of 15%, corresponding  
OUT  
The LTC3882-1 features digitally programmable active  
voltage positioning (AVP), where output voltage set point  
is automatically adjusted as a function of output current at  
the full bandwidth of the converter. AVP normally entails  
specifyinganoutputloadlineforavoltagemodeswitcherto  
allowcurrentsharingbetweenmasterphasesconnectedin  
parallel. While AVP can be used to this effect in LTC3882-1  
to a 7.5% tolerance about a nominal output voltage at  
roughly 50% load. In order to effectively use AVP, apply  
the following steps.  
1. Set IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT. This specifies the master  
phase output current at which the programmed AVP  
level will apply. Generally this is above the 100% load  
point to avoid spurious warnings at full load.  
applications, use of the LTC3882-1 I  
current sharing  
AVG  
control loop is recommended instead. This will produce  
more accurate sharing across a wider number of phases  
without degrading supply output impedance.  
2. VOUT_COMMANDshouldbesettothevalueofV de-  
OUT  
siredwithnoloadontheoutput.VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH/  
LOW also specify no-load values when AVP is enabled.  
AVP on the LTC3882-1 can only reduce the output from  
these levels.  
However,AVPcanstillbeusedtogreatbenefitinLTC3882-1  
applications. AVP can be applied to minimize the size of  
38821f  
54  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
3. Set MFR_VOUT_AVP to a percentage that produces the  
desired output excursion as a function of current.  
(READ_IOUT). The necessary correction, which will typi-  
cally be less than several percent of the no load output  
voltage, is calculated as:  
For example, if the goal is to allow a 2.5% output change  
on a 3.3V 6-phase supply rated at 120A during an output  
load step from 20% to 80%, the following parameters  
should be programmed.  
VOS= VOUT_COMMAND  
MFR_VOUT_AVPREAD_IOUT  
100IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT  
1–  
Firstsetanoutputcurrentwarninglevelforthemaster(one  
of six phases) just slightly higher than the rated full load  
to avoid spurious warnings. Typically this same setting  
would also be applied to the five slave phases.  
– READ_VOUT  
PWM Frequency Synchronization  
The LTC3882-1 incorporates an internal phase-locked  
loop (PLL) which enables synchronization of both PWM  
channels (falling edge PWM) to an external CMOS clock  
from 250kHz to 1.25MHz. The PLL is locked to the falling  
edgeoftheSYNCpinclocksignal. ThisPLLalsogenerates  
very accurate channel phase relationships which can be  
selected with the MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 com-  
mand. For PolyPhase applications, all phases should be  
spaced evenly in the phase diagram for best results. For  
instance, a 4-phase system should use a separation of  
90° between channels.  
IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT = 1.1 • 120A/6 = 22A  
The open circuit output voltage calculation for the master  
phase must reflect that the AVP specification in this case  
only covers an output load swing of 60%.  
VOUT_COMMAND = 3.3V(1 + 0.5 • 0.025/0.6)  
= 3.3687V  
The AVP calculation must then account for the fact that  
IOUT_OC_WARN_LEVEL is set higher than the 100%  
load point.  
The PLL has a lock detection circuit. If the PLL should lose  
lockduringoperation,bit4oftheSTATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
command is asserted and the ALERT pin is pulled low,  
unless masked. The fault can be cleared by writing a 1 to  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC bit 4. A spurious ALERT for an  
unlocked PLL may occur at start-up or during a reset if  
this fault is not masked.  
100%1.123.36873.3  
(
)
MFR_VOUT_AVP =  
3.3687  
= 4.487%  
With the output voltage at 3.3V at 50% load these set-  
tings will move V from approximately 3.34V to about  
3.26V when the output load of the rail moves from 24A  
to 96A. Note that V will drop to 3.23V at full load in  
OUT  
Neither PWM channel will transition from off to the RUN  
state until PLL lock is indicated. When transitioning a  
channel from off to RUN, bit 4 of STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
will be set if the PWM ramp generator for that channel  
is not also locked to the desired PLL output frequency.  
OUT  
this design example.  
Digital output servo mode is automatically disabled if  
AVP is enabled on a master phase. AVP is active during  
all output ramping when enabled (e.g., a TON_RISE se-  
quence). AVP is disabled on master phases by program-  
ming MFR_VOUT_AVP to 0.0% (factory default). AVP is  
automatically disabled on phases configured as slaves  
If the SYNC pin is not externally clocked in the application,  
thePWMswilloperateatthefrequencyspecifiedbyanon-  
zero FREQUENCY_SWITCH command. If that command  
is set to 0x0000 (external clock only) in EEPROM or with  
RCONFIG (FREQ_CFG pin grounded), then at power-up,  
or MFR_RESET, or RESTORE_USER_ALL, the PWM will  
not start without an external clock input. If the external  
clock is lost while programmed for external clock only, or  
if the PWM is simply switched to this setting under power  
(FB tied to V ).  
DD33  
Because of related ISENSE input offsets, increased output  
voltage error can occur at all operating currents when AVP  
is engaged. To minimize this error a calibration offset can  
be added to the master phase VOUT_COMMAND value  
based on the READ_VOUT value obtained when operat-  
ing at a known output current of at least 20% of full load  
with no external clock present, the PLL will start/run at  
38821f  
55  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
the lowest free running frequency created by the internal  
VCO. This can be well below the intended PWM frequency  
of the application and may cause undesirable operation of  
theconverter.Forthisreason,itisgenerallyrecommended  
that a useable PWM frequency be programmed for each  
channel, regardless of whether that particiular LTC3882-1  
unit serves as clock master, or not.  
The shared I  
and I  
signals actively balance the  
AVG  
AVG_GND  
amountofoutputcurrentdeliveredfromeachchannelusing  
a secondary current sharing loop. A capacitor with a value  
between 100pF and 200pF should be placed between I  
AVG  
and I  
. This capacitance can be distributed across  
AVG_GND  
LTC3882-1 devices/pins for improved noise immunity. All  
pins for a PolyPhase rail should be tied together  
I
AVG_GND  
and connected to a single ground point at or near the  
package paddle of the master phase.  
AllchannelsofaPolyPhaserailarerequiredtoshareSYNC  
pins.Betweenrailsandforotherconfigurations,suchsyn-  
chronizationisoptional. IftheSYNCpinissharedbetween  
LTC3882-1s, only one LTC3882-1 should be programmed  
to control the SYNC output.  
Load sharing accuracy is based primarily on the current  
sense amplifier offset of each phase (I  
) and the  
AVG_VOS  
offset of slave current error amplifiers (V  
). These are  
SIOS  
given in the EC table. Current sense gain errors between  
LTC3882-1 channels will be negligible. The secondary  
current sharing loop acts to average any errors among the  
phases. Because of this error averaging and the random  
nature of these variables, the EC table limits ensure actual  
per-phase offset will be less than or equal to 300ꢀV for  
most designs over the full operating temperature range.  
PolyPhase Operation and Load Sharing  
When the LTC3882-1 is used in a PolyPhase application,  
the slave phases must be configured as such by con-  
necting their FB pins to V  
. Among other things, this  
DD33  
disablestheerroramplifiersoftheslavephases.Fiveother  
pins must then also be shared between all channels of a  
PolyPhase rail:  
This signifies better than 2% matching when ꢁI  
=
SENSE  
15mV, not including external factors such as DCR make  
tolerance.  
• VINSNS  
• COMP  
+
It is necessary to properly connect V  
on a slave  
SENSE  
phaseforaccurateI telemetry,eventhoughslavephases  
• I  
OUT  
AVG  
do use need this information for PWM control. While not  
• I  
AVG_GND  
strictly required, the V  
lines of slave phases can  
SENSE  
• SYNC  
simply share with the master to provide additional output  
voltagetelemetry.IftheonlyconcernisaccurateslaveI  
OUT  
UsingacommonVINSNSconnectionreducesthedynamic  
range required by the current loop and helps maintain  
well-controlled master modulator gain.  
+
telemetry, V  
SENSE  
shorted to V  
for that channel may be locally wired  
SENSE  
. V  
to I  
on a slave phase should always be  
SENSE  
for its master channel. I  
OC/ROC  
SENSE  
OUT  
The shared COMP signal allows the master phase error  
amplifier to control the duty cycle of all slave phases to  
produce the commanded output voltage.  
function is not affected by V  
wiring.  
SENSE  
All phases must be synchronized to the same shared  
SYNC clock and should be programmed to run at the  
same default PWM frequency. Phases should be selected  
to be evenly spaced around a 360° phasor diagram, and  
all phases on a PolyPhase rail should be selected to have  
the same maximum duty cycle. Refer to details for MFR_  
PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1. Figure 38 shows an example  
of connections for three phases and Figure 39 shows an  
example of an 8-phase rail. Additional shared signals in  
thesefigureshighlighttheabilityoftheLTC3882-1tocom-  
municate fault status between phases and rails, perform  
Slave phases can detect system faults that cause the  
master COMP (error amplifier) output to be too high. A  
slave phase detecting this kind of error amplifier fault im-  
mediately shuts off its PWM output, indicates the fault on  
itsVOUT_OVFaultbit,andtakeswhateveradditionalaction  
maybeindicatedbyVOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSEforthat  
channel. If this response is set to only provide hardware-  
level response (0x00), then normal channel operation will  
automatically resume when the fault condition is cleared.  
38821f  
56  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
V
IN  
+
3-PHASE SENSE  
1-PHASE SENSE  
V
DD33  
(0,120)  
(60,240)  
VINSNS  
FB0  
FB1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
FAULT0  
FAULT1  
COMP0  
COMP1  
VINSNS  
FB0  
FB1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
FAULT0  
FAULT1  
COMP0  
COMP1  
LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
+
+
+
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
+
+
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
I
I
AVG_GND  
AVG_GND  
SYNC (ENABLED) SHARE_CLK  
SYNC (DISABLED) SHARE_CLK  
I
I
I
I
AVG0 AVG1  
GND  
GND  
AVG0 AVG1  
SYSTEM ON/OFF  
BOTH ICs SAME DEFAULT FREQUENCY SWITCH  
38821 F38  
Figure 38. 3+1-Phase Application  
38821f  
57  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
V
IN  
+
V
SENSE  
OUT  
(90,270)  
(0,180, CLOCK MASTER)  
VINSNS  
FB0  
FB1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
FAULT0  
FAULT1  
SYNC  
COMP0  
COMP1  
VINSNS  
FB0  
FB1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
FAULT0  
FAULT1  
SYNC  
COMP0  
COMP1  
LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
+
+
V
SENSE0  
V
SENSE0  
+
+
V
V
V
V
V
V
I
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
I
AVG_GND  
SHARE_CLK  
I
AVG_GND  
SHARE_CLK  
I
I
I
GND  
GND  
AVG0 AVG1  
AVG0 AVG1  
(135,315)  
(45,225)  
V
DD33  
VINSNS  
FB0  
FB1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
FAULT0  
FAULT1  
SYNC  
COMP0  
COMP1  
VINSNS  
FB0  
FB1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
FAULT0  
FAULT1  
SYNC  
COMP0  
COMP1  
LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
+
+
V
SENSE0  
V
V
V
V
SENSE0  
+
+
V
V
V
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
SENSE1  
SENSE1  
I
I
AVG_GND  
AVG_GND  
SHARE_CLK  
SHARE_CLK  
I
I
I
I
GND  
GND  
AVG0 AVG1  
AVG0 AVG1  
SYSTEM ON/OFF  
ALL ICs SAME DEFAULT FREQUENCY SWITCH  
38821 F39  
Figure 39. 8-Phase Application  
38821f  
58  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
SINGLE PHASE  
DUAL PHASE  
PGOOD pins of slave phases may be shorted to a master  
PGOOD bus to indicate full output power is available, un-  
less the slave channel is used in active phase shedding.  
In that case, the slave PGOOD should be left disconnected  
or used only to indicate operating status for that phase.  
Output current fault and warning limits should each be set  
to the same values across all PolyPhase channels using  
IOUT_FAULT_LIMIT and IOUT_WARN_LIMIT. The cor-  
rect sense resistance and related temperature coefficient  
should also be set for each phase (IOUT_CAL_GAIN,  
SW1 V  
SW1 V  
SW2 V  
I
CIN  
I
I
L1  
L2  
I
COUT  
I
CIN  
I
COUT  
38821 F40  
RIPPLE  
Figure 40. Single and 2-Phase Current Waveforms  
MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC) to achieve accurate I  
OUT  
telemetry and consistent fault handling across phases.  
Because the LTC3882-1 current sharing loop operates by  
matching sensed voltage, it is important that well-matched  
sense elements be used in the system. Current matching  
parametersspecifiedfortheLTC3882-1donotincludethese  
external sources of error, such as inductor DCR tolerance.  
0.6  
1-PHASE  
0.5  
0.4  
0.3  
Programming of V  
for slave phases.  
related parameters is not required  
OUT  
2-PHASE  
0.2  
APolyPhasepowersupplysignificantlyreducestheamount  
of ripple current in both the input and output capacitors.  
The RMS input ripple current is divided by, and the ef-  
fective ripple frequency is multiplied by, the number of  
phases used as long as the input voltage is greater than  
the number of phases used times the output voltage. The  
output ripple amplitude is also reduced by the number of  
phasesused.Figure40graphicallyillustratestheprinciple.  
0.1  
0
0.1  
0.5  
0.7 0.8  
0.2 0.3 0.4  
0.6  
0.9  
DUTY FACTOR (V /V  
)
OUT IN  
38821 F41  
Figure 41. Normalized RMS Input Ripple Current  
1.0  
0.9  
0.8  
The worst-case RMS ripple current for a single stage de-  
sign peaks at an input voltage of twice the output voltage.  
The worst case RMS ripple current for a 2-phase design  
peaks at output voltages of 1/4 and 3/4 of the input volt-  
age. When the RMS current is calculated, higher effective  
duty factor results and the peak current levels are divided  
as long as the current in each stage is balanced. Refer to  
ApplicationNote19athttp://www.linear.com/designtools/  
app_notes for a detailed description of how to calculate  
RMS current for the single stage switching regulator. Fig-  
ure 41 and Figure 42 illustrate how the input and output  
currents are reduced by using an additional phase. For a  
2-phaseconverter, theinputcurrentpeaksdropinhalfand  
the frequency is doubled. The input capacitor requirement  
is then theoretically reduced by a factor of four.  
1-PHASE  
0.7  
0.6  
0.5  
0.4  
0.3  
2-PHASE  
0.2  
0.1  
0
0.1  
0.5  
0.7 0.8  
0.2 0.3 0.4  
0.6  
0.9  
DUTY FACTOR (V /V  
)
OUT IN  
38821 F42  
Figure 42. Normalized Output Ripple Current [IRMS ~ 0.3(DIC(PP))]  
synchronizedtime-basedrailsequencingandrampingand  
report accurate output current telemetry for all phases.  
In general, only the PGOOD pin of the master phase needs  
to be used for external Power Good indication. However,  
38821f  
59  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
highnoiseenvironmentspreventuseoftheV approach  
BE  
TSNS  
with its lower signal levels.  
LTC3882-1  
GND  
10nF  
For either method, the slope of the external temperature  
sensor can be modified with the coefficient stored in  
MMBT3906  
GND  
38821 F43  
MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN. With the ꢁV approach, typical  
BE  
Figure 43. External ΔVBE Temperature Sense  
PNPs require temperature slope adjustments slightly  
less than 1. The MMBT3906 has a recommended value  
in this command of approximately MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN =  
0.991 based on the ideality factor of 1.01. Simply invert  
the ideality factor to calculate the MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN.  
Different manufacturers and different lots may have dif-  
ferent ideality factors. Consult with the manufacturer to  
set this value. Bench characterization over temperature is  
recommended when adjusting MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN for  
the direct p-n junction measurement.  
495µA  
TSNS  
LTC3882-1  
1nF  
1.35V AT 25°C  
GND  
38821 F44  
GND  
Figure 44. 2D+R Temperature Sense  
External Temperature Sense  
The offset of the external temperature sense can be ad-  
justed by MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET. For the ꢁV method a  
BE  
The LTC3882-1 facilitates external measurement of the  
power stage temperature of each channel with several  
silicon-junction-based means. The voltage produced by  
the remote sense circuit is digitized by the internal ADC,  
and the computed temperature value is returned by the  
paged READ_TEMPERATURE_1 telemetry command.  
value of 0 in this register sets the temperature offset to  
–273.15°C. For a direct p-n junction measurement, this  
parameteradjuststhenominalcircuitvoltageat2Caway  
from that shown in Figure 44.  
To ensure proper use of these temperature adjustment  
parameters,refertothespecificformulasgivenforthetwo  
methodsbytheMFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1command  
in the later section covering PMBus command details, as  
well as Application Note 137.  
The most accurate external temperature measurement  
can be made using a diode-connected PNP transistor  
such as the MMBT3906 as shown in Figure 43 with bit 5  
ofMFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1setto0(ꢁV method).  
BE  
The BJT should be placed in contact with or immediately  
adjacent to the power stage inductor. Its emitter should be  
connected to the TSNSn pin while the base and collector  
terminals of the PNP transistor must be returned to the  
LTC3882-1 GND paddle using a Kelvin connection. For  
best noise immunity, the connections should be routed  
differentially and a 10nF capacitor should be placed in  
parallel with the diode-connected PNP.  
Resistor Configuration Pins  
As a factory default, the LTC3882-1 is programmed to use  
external resistor configuration, allowing output voltage,  
PWM frequency and phasing, and the PMBus address to  
be set without programming the part through its serial  
interface or purchasing devices with custom EEPROM  
contents. The RCONFIG pins all require a resistor divider  
between V  
and GND. The RCONFIG pins are only  
DD25  
The LTC3882-1 also supports direct junction voltage mea-  
surementswhenbit5ofMFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1is  
settoone.Thefactorydefaultssupportaresistor-trimmed  
dual diode network as shown in Figure 44. However, this  
measurementmethodcanbeappliedtosimplesingle-diode  
circuits of the type shown in Figure 43 with parameter  
adjustments as described below. This second measure-  
ment method is not generally as accurate as the first, but  
it supports legacy power blocks or may prove necessary if  
interrogated at initial power up and during a reset, so  
modifying their values on the fly is not recommended.  
RCONFIG pins on the same IC can be shared with a single  
resistor divider if they require identical programming.  
Resistors with a tolerance of 1% or better must be used  
to assure proper operation. In the following tables, R  
TOP  
is connected between V  
BOT  
signals should not be routed near these pins.  
and the RCONFIG pin, while  
is connected between the pin and GND. Noisy clock  
DD25  
R
38821f  
60  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
Table 8. VOUTn_CFG Resistor Programming  
Table 9. FREQ_CFG Resistor Programming  
(kΩ) (kΩ)  
R
TOP  
(kΩ)  
R
BOT  
(kΩ)  
V
(V)  
OUT  
SWITCHING  
R
TOP  
R
BOT  
FREQUENCY (kHz)  
0 or Open  
10  
Open  
From EEPROM  
0 or Open  
20  
Open  
from EEPROM  
23.2  
15.8  
20.5  
17.4  
17.8  
15  
5.0  
3.3  
17.8  
15  
1250  
10  
20  
1000  
16.2  
16.2  
20  
2.5  
20  
12.7  
11  
900  
1.8  
20  
750  
1.5  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
30.1  
30.1  
Open  
11.3  
9.09  
7.32  
5.76  
4.32  
3.57  
1.96  
0
600  
20  
1.35  
1.25  
1.2  
500  
20  
12.7  
11  
450  
20  
400  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
30.1  
30.1  
Open  
11.3  
9.09  
7.32  
5.76  
4.32  
3.57  
1.96  
0
1.15  
1.1  
350  
300  
250  
1.05  
0.9  
External SYNC Only  
0.75  
0.65  
0.6  
Note that if SYNC pins are shared between LTC3882-1s,  
only one SYNC output should be enabled. All other SYNC  
outputs should be disabled. For example, if configuring  
two LTC3882-1s as a 4-phase rail operating at a frequency  
Output OFF*  
from EEPROM)  
(V  
OUT  
*OPERATION value and RUNn pin must both command the channel to  
start from this configuration.  
of 600kHz, both devices should have R  
of 24.9kΩ and  
TOP  
R
of 11.3kΩ on the FREQ_CFG pin. In this case, select-  
BOT  
OutputvoltagecanbesetasshowninTable8.Forexample,  
ing R of 24.9kΩ and R of 9.09kΩ for PHAS_CFG on  
TOP  
BOT  
setting R  
to 16.2kΩ and R  
to 17.4kΩ is equivalent  
TOP  
BOT  
thefirstIC(clockmaster)affords180°ofphaseseparation  
to programming a VOUT_COMMAND value of 1.8V. Refer  
to the Operations section for related parameters that are  
also automatically set as a percentage of the programmed  
and enables the SYNC output. The second device should  
have R  
of 20kΩ and R  
of 12.7kΩ on PHAS_CFG,  
TOP  
BOT  
to )disable its SYNC output and run its phases with 180°  
of separation in quadrature with the first IC. Only mix  
phase selections that have the same maximum duty cycle  
specified. Refer to Tables 9 and 10.  
V
if resistor configuration pins are used to determined  
OUT  
output voltage.  
Table 10. PHAS_CFG Resistor Programming  
R
(kΩ)  
R
BOT  
(kΩ)  
θ
TO θ  
θ
TO θ  
1
MAXIMUM DUTY CYCLE  
See MFR_PWM_CONFIG  
87.5%  
SYNC OUTPUT DISABLED  
From EEPROM  
Yes  
TOP  
SYNC  
0
SYNC  
0 or Open  
20  
Open  
From EEPROM  
From EEPROM  
315°  
15  
135°  
90°  
45°  
0°  
20  
12.7  
11  
270°  
20  
225°  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
30.1  
30.1  
Open  
11.3  
9.09  
7.32  
5.76  
4.32  
3.57  
1.96  
0
180°  
0°  
180°  
No  
120°  
60°  
0°  
300°  
83.3%  
Yes  
240°  
180°  
0°  
120°  
0°  
180°  
No  
0°  
120°  
38821f  
61  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
TheLTC3882-1addressisselectedbasedontheprogram-  
ming of the two configuration pins ASEL0 and ASEL1  
according to Table 11. ASEL0 programs the bottom four  
bits of the device address for the LTC3882-1, and ASEL1  
programs the three most-significant bits. Either portion of  
theaddresscanalsoberetrievedfromtheMFR_ADDRESS  
value in EEPROM. If both pins are left open, the full 7-bit  
MFR_ADDRESS value stored in EEPROM is used to deter-  
mine the device address. In the 4-phase example above,  
it is recommended that one or both ASELn pins on both  
partsbeprogrammedtocreatetwouniqueaddresses.The  
LTC3882-1 also responds to 7-bit global addresses 0x5A  
and 0x5B. MFR_ADDRESS and MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS  
should not be set to either of these values.  
supply attached to this pin if V and V  
are shorted. If  
DD33  
CC  
the internal 3.3V LDO is used, it can supply a peak current  
of 85mA (including internal consumption), and the V  
DD33  
regulator output must be bypassed to GND with a low ESR  
X5R or X7R ceramic capacitor with a value of 2.2μF. If an  
external source supplies V , a local low ESR bypass  
DD33  
capacitor with a value between 0.01μF and 0.1μF should  
be placed directly between the V and GND pins.  
DD33  
Donotdrawmorethan20mAfromtheinternal3.3Vregula-  
tor for the host system, governed by IC power dissipation  
asdiscussedinthenextsection.Thislimitincludescurrent  
required for external pull up resistors for the LTC3882-1  
that are terminated to V  
.
DD33  
V
powers a second internal 2.5V LDO whose output  
DD33  
is present on V  
Table 11. ASELn Resistor Programming  
. This 2.5V supply provides power for  
DD25  
ASEL1  
ASEL0  
muchoftheinternalprocessorlogicontheLTC3882-1.The  
V output should be bypassed directly to GND with a  
DD25  
LTC3882-1 DEVICE  
ADDRESS BITS[6:4]  
LTC3882-1 DEVICE  
ADDRESS BITS[3:0]  
R
TOP  
(kΩ)  
R
(kΩ)  
BOT  
low ESR X5R or X7R ceramic capacitor with a value of 1μF  
or greater. Do not draw any external system current from  
this supply beyond that required for LTC3882-1 specific  
configuration resistor dividers.  
BINARY  
HEX  
BINARY  
HEX  
0 or Open  
10  
Open  
from EEPROM  
from EEPROM  
1111  
23.2  
15.8  
20.5  
17.4  
17.8  
15  
F
E
D
C
B
A
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10  
1110  
16.2  
16.2  
20  
1101  
IC Junction Temperature  
1100  
The user must ensure that the maximum rated junction  
temperatureisnotexceededunderalloperatingconditions.  
1011  
20  
1010  
The thermal resistance of the LTC3882-1 package (θ )  
20  
12.7  
11  
1001  
JA  
is 33°C/W, provided the exposed pad is in good thermal  
contact with the PCB. The actual thermal resistance in the  
applicationwilldependonforcedaircoolingandotherheat  
sinking means, especially the amount of copper on the  
PCB to which the LTC3882-1 is attached. The following  
formula may be used to estimate the maximum average  
20  
1000  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
24.9  
30.1  
30.1  
Open  
11.3  
9.09  
7.32  
5.76  
4.32  
3.57  
1.96  
0
111  
110  
101  
100  
011  
010  
001  
000  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0111  
0110  
0101  
0100  
0011  
power dissipation P (in watts) of the LTC3882-1 when  
0010  
D
V
CC  
is supplied externally.  
0001  
0000  
P = V (0.024 + f  
• 1.6e-5 + I + I  
)
D
CC  
PWM  
EXT  
RC25  
where:  
Internal Regulator Outputs  
The V pin provides supply current for much of the  
I
= total external load drawn from V  
, including  
EXT  
DD33  
DD33  
local pull-up resistors, in amps  
internal LTC3882-1 analog circuitry at a nominal value of  
I
= total current drawn from V by LTC3882-1  
DD25  
3.3V. The LTC3882-1 features an internal linear regulator  
RC25  
configuration resistor dividers, in amps  
that can be used to supply 3.3V to V  
from a higher  
DD33  
voltage V supply (up to 12V nominal). Use of this LDO is  
CC  
and the frequency f is given in kHz  
PWM  
PWM  
optional. The LTC3882-1 will also accept an external 3.3V  
38821f  
62  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
Configuring Open-Drain Pins  
If an external source supplies V  
directly, the following  
DD33  
formula may be used to estimate the maximum average  
power dissipation P (in watts) of the LTC3882-1  
The LTC3882-1 has the following open-drain pins:  
D
3.3V Pins  
P = V  
D
(0.024 + f  
• 1.6e-5 + I  
)
DD33  
PWM  
RC25  
1. PGOODn  
The maximum junction temperature of the LTC3882-1 in  
°C may then be found from the following equation  
2. FAULTn  
2. SYNC  
T = T + 33 • P  
D
J
A
3. SHARE_CLK  
with ambient temperature T expressed in °C  
A
5V-Capable Pins  
Derating EEPROM Retention at Temperature  
(These pins operate correctly when pulled to 3.3V.)  
EEPROMreadoperationsbetween8Cand125°Cwillnot  
affect data storage. But retention will be degraded if the  
EEPROM is written above 85°C or stored above 125°C. If  
an occasional fault log is generated above 85°C, the slight  
reduction in data retention in the EEPROM fault log area  
will not affect the use of the function or other EEPROM  
storage. See the Operation section for other high tem-  
perature EEPROM functional details. Degradation in data  
can be approximated by calculating the dimensionless  
acceleration factor using the following equation.  
1. RUNn  
2. ALERT  
3. SCL  
4. SDA  
All of the above pins have on-chip pull-down transistors  
that can sink 3mA at 0.4V. The low-state threshold on  
these pins is 1.4V, so ample noise margin exists with 3mA  
of current. For 3.3V pins, 3mA of current is produced by  
a 1.1k pull-up resistor. Unless there are transient speed  
issues associated with the RC time constant of the net, a  
10k resistor or larger is generally recommended.  
Ea  
k
1
1
AF = e⎢⎝  
T
+273  
T
+273  
USE  
STRESS  
Where:  
AF = acceleration factor  
The pull-up resistor for PGOOD should be terminated to  
the LTC3882-1 V  
pin or a separate bias supply under  
DD33  
3.6VthatisupbeforetheLTC3882-1isenabled.Otherwise,  
power-not-good may be falsely indicated after the PWM  
outputs are running.  
Ea = activation energy = 1.4eV  
–5  
k = 8.617 • 10 eV/°K  
The SYNC pin has an on-chip pull-down transistor with  
the output held low for nominally 250ns when driven by  
the LTC3882-1. If the internal oscillator is set for 500kHz  
and the load is 100pF with a 1/3 rise time required, the  
resistor calculation is as follows:  
T
T
= is the specified junction temperature  
USE  
= actual junction temperature in °C  
STRESS  
Asanexample,ifthedeviceisstoredat130°Cfor10hours,  
= 130°C, and  
T
STRESS  
2ꢀs250ns  
3100pF  
1.4  
1
1
RPULLUP  
=
= 5.83k  
–5  
AF = e⎣⎝  
=1.66  
398 403  
8.61710  
The closest 1% resistor is 5.76k.  
indicating the effect is the same as operating the device at  
125°C for 10 • 1.66 = 16.6 hours, resulting in a retention  
derating of 6.6 hours.  
If timing errors are occurring or if the SYNC amplitude  
is not as large as required, monitor the waveform and  
determine if the RC time constant is too long for the  
38821f  
63  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
application. If possible reduce the parasitic capacitance.  
Otherwisereducethepull-upresistorsufficientlytoassure  
proper operation.  
Some computationally intensive commands (e.g., timing  
parameters, temperatures, voltages and currents) have  
internal processor execution times that may be long  
relative to PMBus timing. If the part is busy processing  
a command, and a new command(s) arrives, execution  
may be delayed or processed in a different order than  
received. The part indicates when internal calculations  
are in process with bit 5 of MFR_COMMON (LTC3882-1  
Calculations Not Pending). When the internal proces-  
sor is busy calculating, bit 5 is cleared. When this bit is  
set, the part is ready for another command. An example  
polling loop is provided in Figure 46, which ensures that  
commands are processed in order while simplifying error  
handling routines. MFR_COMMON always returns valid  
data at PMBus speeds between 10kHz and 400kHz.  
The SHARE_CLK output has a nominal period of 10μs  
and is pulled low for about 1μs. If the system load on this  
shared line is 100pF, the resistor calculation for this line  
with a 1/3 rise time is:  
9ꢀs  
3100pF  
RPULLUP  
=
= 30k  
The closest 1% resistor is 30.1k.  
For high speed signals such as SDA, SCL and SYNC, a  
lowervalueresistormayberequired.TheRCtimeconstant  
should be set to 1/3 to 1/5 the required rise time to avoid  
timingissues.Fora100pFloadanda400kHzPMBuscom-  
munication rate, the resistor pull-up on the SDA and SCL  
pins with the time constant set to 1/3 the rise time equals  
When the part receives a new command while it is busy,  
it will communicate this condition using standard PMBus  
protocol. Depending on part configuration it may either  
NACK the command or return all ones (0xFF) for reads. It  
may also generate a BUSY fault and ALERT notification,  
or stretch the SCL clock low. For more information refer  
to PMBus Specification V1.2, Part II, Section 10.8.7 and  
SMBusV2.0section4.3.3.Clockstretchingcanbeenabled  
by asserting bit 1 of MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1.  
Clock stretching will only occur if enabled and the bus  
communication speed exceeds 100kHz.  
tRISE  
3100pF  
RPULLUP  
=
=1k  
The closest 1% resistor value is 1k.  
Be careful to minimize parasitic capacitance on the SDA  
and SCL lines to avoid communication problems. To  
estimate the loading capacitance, monitor the signal in  
question and measure how long it takes for the desired  
signal to reach approximately 63% of the output value.  
This is one time constant.  
PMBus protocols for busy devices are well accepted  
standards but can make writing system level software  
somewhat complex. The part provides three handshaking  
status bits which reduce this complexity while enabling  
robust system level communication. The three hand  
PMBus Communication and Command Processing  
The LTC3882-1 has a one deep buffer to hold the last data  
written for each supported command prior to processing,  
as shown in Figure 45. Two distinct parallel sections of  
theLTC3882-1managecommandbufferingandcommand  
processingtoensurethelastdatawrittentoanycommand  
is never lost. When the part receives a new command  
from the bus, command data buffering copies the data  
into the write command data buffer and indicates to the  
internal processor that data for that command should be  
handled. The internal processor runs in parallel and per-  
forms the sometimes slower task of fetching, converting  
(to internal format) and executing commands so marked  
for processing.  
CMD  
WRITE COMMAND  
DATA BUFFER  
PMBus  
WRITE  
DECODER  
INTERNAL  
PAGE  
0x00  
PROCESSOR  
CMDS  
FETCH,  
CONVERT  
DATA  
AND  
EXECUTE  
DATA  
MUX  
VOUT_COMMAND 0x21  
0xFD  
MFR_RESET  
x1  
S
R
CALCULATIONS  
PENDING  
38821 F45  
Figure 45. Write Command Data Processing  
38821f  
64  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
shaking status bits are in the MFR_COMMON register.  
When the part is busy executing an internal operation, it  
will clear bit 6 of MFR_COMMON (LTC3882-1 Not BUSY).  
When internal calculations are in process, the part will  
clearbit5ofMFR_COMMON(LTC3882-1CalculationsNot  
Pending). When the part is busy specifically because it is  
ter that supports that function. Clock stretching does not  
allow the LTC3882-1 to communicate reliably on busses  
operating above 400kHz. Operating the LTC3882-1 with  
PMBus SCL rates above 400kHz is not recommended.  
System software that detects and properly recovers from  
the standard PMBus NACK responses or BUSY faults  
described in PMBus Specification V1.2, Part II, Section  
10.8.7 is required to communicate above 100kHz without  
clock stretching.  
// wait until bits 6, 5, and 4 of MFR_COMMON are all set  
do  
{
mfrCommonValue = PMBUS_READ_BYTE(0xEF);  
partReady = (mfrCommonValue & 0x68) == 0x68;  
}while(!partReady)  
Refer to Application Note 135 for techniques that may  
also apply to implement a robust PMBus interface to the  
LTC3882-1.  
// now the part is ready to receive the next command  
PMBUS_WRITE_WORD(0x21, 0x2000); //write VOUT_COMMAND to 2V  
Status and Fault Log Management  
Figure 46. Example of a Polling Loop to Write VOUT_COMMAND  
Due to internal operation, very infrequently the LS byte of  
STATUS_WORD may be inconsistent with the state of bits  
in the MS byte. This condition is quite transient and can  
normallyberesolvedbysimplyre-readingSTATUS_WORD.  
transitioning V  
(margining, off/on, moving to a new  
OUT  
VOUT_COMMAND, etc.) it will clear bit 4 of MFR_COM-  
MON (LTC3882-1 Output Not In Transition). These three  
status bits can be polled with a PMBus read byte of the  
MFR_COMMON register until all three bits are set. A com-  
mand immediately following all these status bits being set  
will be accepted without a NACK, BUSY fault or ALERT  
notification. The part can NACK commands for other  
reasons, however, as required by the PMBus specifica-  
tion (e.g., an invalid command or data). An example of a  
robustcommandwritealgorithmfortheVOUT_COMMAND  
register is provided in Figure 46.  
If power is lost during an internal store of a fault log to  
EEPROM, a partial write of the log can result. In this situ-  
ation, the LTC3882-1 will not indicate that a fault log is  
present the next time adequate supply voltage is applied  
(bit 3 of STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC). The existence of a  
partial fault log can be detected by examining the header  
of the log (MFR_FAULT_LOG). If the first two words of  
the Fault Log Preface contain valid data as specified by  
Table2,andSTATUS_MFR_SPECIFICdoesnotindicatethe  
presence of a complete fault log, then a partial log existed  
in EEPROM at boot and has been retrieved to RAM. The  
only way to then determine how much of the log is actually  
validisby subjective evaluationofthe contents of each log  
event record. MFR_CLEAR_FAULT_LOG will permanently  
erase a partial fault log, allowing a subsequent log to be  
written. It is a good practice to always check for a partial  
fault log at power-up if fault logging is enabled (bit 7 of  
MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1).  
It is recommended that all command writes be preceded  
with such a polling loop to avoid the extra complexity of  
dealing with busy behavior or unwanted ALERT notifica-  
tions. A simple way to achieve this is to embed the polling  
in subroutines to write command bytes and words. This  
polling mechanism will allow system software to remain  
clean and simple while robustly communicating with the  
part. For a detailed discussion of these topics and other  
special cases please refer to the application note section  
located at www.linear.com/designtools/app_notes.  
LTpowerPlay – An Interactive Digital Power GUI  
When communicating using bus speeds at or below  
100kHz, the polling mechanism previously shown pro-  
vides a simple solution that ensures robust communica-  
tion without clock stretching. At bus speeds in excess  
of 100kHz, it is strongly recommended that the part be  
enabled to use clock stretching, requiring a PMBus mas-  
LTpowerPlay is a powerful Windows-based development  
environment that supports Linear Technology Power Sys-  
tem Management ICs, including the LTC3882-1. LTpower-  
Play can be used to evaluate LTC products by connecting  
to a Linear Technology demo circuit or user application.  
38821f  
65  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
LTpowerPlay can also be used offline (no hardware pres-  
ent) to build multiple IC configuration files that can be  
saved and later reloaded. LTpowerPlay uses the DC1613  
If the system supply is restored while power is still applied  
by the DC1613 or DC2086, the LTC3882-1 can often be  
ready to initiate output soft-start before sufficient supply  
bias for the power stage has been established. Create  
additional LTC3882-1 delay with TON_DELAY or use a  
common system RUN line to control both the LTC3882-1  
and its related power stages based on acceptable operat-  
2
USB-to-I C/SMBus/PMBus controller to communicate  
with a system for evaluation, development or debug. The  
software also features automatic update to remain up-  
to-date with the latest device drivers and documentation  
available from Linear Technology. A great deal of context  
sensitive help is available within LTpowerPlay, along with  
severaltutorials.Completeinformationisavailableathttp://  
www.linear.com/ltpowerplay.  
2
ing parameters, as shown in Figure 55. The DC1613 I C  
connections are opto-isolated from the host PC USB. The  
DC1613 3.3V current limit is only 100mA, so it should  
only be used to power one or two LTC3882-1s in-system.  
Because of this limited current sourcing capability, only  
the LTC3882-1s, their associated pull-up resistors and the  
Interfacing to the DC1613  
2
2
I C pull-up resistors should be powered from the isolated  
The LTC DC1613 USB-to-I C/SMBus/PMBus controller  
3.3V supply provided by the DC1613. Using the DC2086  
will enable in-system programming of several tens of  
LTC3882-1deviceswithoutnormalsystempowerapplied.  
can be interfaced to the LTC3882-1 on any board for  
programming, telemetryandsystemdebug. Thisincludes  
the DC1936 from Linear Technology, or any customer  
target system. The controller, when used in conjunction  
with LTpowerPlay, provides a powerful way to debug an  
entire power system. Faults are quickly diagnosed using  
telemetry, fault status registers and the fault log. The final  
configuration can be quickly developed and stored to the  
LTC3882-1EEPROMand/orLTpowerPlayconfigurationfile.  
2
Any other device sharing the I C bus with the LTC3882-1  
should not have body diodes between their SDA/SCL pins  
andtheirrespectivelogicsupply,becausethiswillinterfere  
with bus communication in the absence of system power.  
HoldtheRUNpinslowexternallytoavoidprovidingpower  
to the load until the part is fully configured.  
The DC1613 can communicate with, program and even  
power one or more LTC3882-1s, regardless of whether  
system supplies are up. The DC2086 Powered Program-  
ming Adapter can be used to extend the power sourcing  
capability of the DC1613. Figure 47 illustrates an applica-  
tion schematic for in-system programming of multiple  
Design Example  
As a design example, consider a 132W 2-phase applica-  
tion such as the one shown in Figure 53, where V = 36V,  
IN  
V
= 3.3V, and I  
= 40A. A fully discrete power stage  
OUT  
OUT  
designisemployedtoallowbetteroptimizationgiventhese  
demanding requirements. Assume that a secondary 5V  
supply will be available in the system for the LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1s normally powered from a V system supply  
CC  
(5V to 12V). If V is applied, the DC1613 will not supply  
CC  
V
supply. The necessary local bypassing is then pro-  
CC  
theLTC3882-1sontheboard.IftheDC2086isused,PFETs  
vided for the V  
(2.2ꢀF) and V  
(1ꢀF) LDO outputs.  
DD25  
DD33  
with lower R , such as the SiA907EDJT, should be  
DS(ON)  
These LDO outputs should not be shared with other ICs  
that might have outputs of the same name, because they  
have independent, internal control loops. When V  
is used as the LTC3882-1 supply input, it may be shared  
with other ICs operating from that 3.3V supply. Local HF  
bypassing of at least 0.1ꢀF is still required on V  
this case.  
used in place of the TP0101K devices. Figure 48 shows an  
example when the system normally provides 3.3V directly  
to the LTC3882-1(s).  
DD33  
If system supplies are not up in either of these circuits, the  
in  
DD33  
DC1613 will power the LTC3882-1 V  
supply, allowing  
DD33  
in-circuit configuration or manufacturing customization.  
These circuits also facilitate remote diagnostics, control  
and reprogramming of the LTC3882-1 while the host  
system is fully operational, permitting very flexible in-  
system debugging.  
First, the regulated output is established by programming  
the VOUT_COMMAND stored in EEPROM to 3.3V.  
38821f  
66  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
SYSTEM  
V
CC  
TP0101K  
LT6703-2  
–IN  
V
S
10k  
V
V
CC  
102k  
10k  
TP0101K  
V
DD33  
DD25  
2.2µF  
1µF  
OUT  
LTC3882-1  
2N2002  
10k  
10k  
SDA  
SCL  
+
10k  
GND  
400mV  
REFERENCE  
GND  
LTC  
CONTROLLER  
HEADER  
V
V
CC  
DD33  
4.7µF  
V
DD25  
2.2µF  
1µF  
ISOLATED 5V  
SDA  
LTC3882-1  
SDA  
SCL  
SCL  
GND  
38821 F47  
TO LTC DC1613  
2
USB TO I C/SMBus/PMBus  
CONTROLLER  
Figure 47. DC1613 Connection (VCC Supply)  
38821f  
67  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
ENBA  
GND  
STAT  
ENBB  
LTC4413  
V
V
CC  
INB  
INA  
OUTB  
SYSTEM  
3.3V  
V
DD33  
DD25  
1µF  
0.1µF  
LTC3882-1  
10k  
10k  
CONTROL CIRCUIT  
SDA  
SCL  
OUTA  
GND  
LTC  
CONTROLLER  
HEADER  
V
V
CC  
DD33  
ISOLATED 3.3V  
V
DD25  
SDA  
SCL  
0.1µF  
1µF  
LTC3882-1  
SDA  
SCL  
GND  
TO LTC DC1613  
38821 F48  
2
USB TO I C/SMBus/PMBus  
CONTROLLER  
Figure 48. DC1613 Connections (VDD33 Supply)  
38821f  
68  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
applicaTions inForMaTion  
The frequency and phase are also set by EEPROM values.  
Assume that solution footprint or vertical clearance is an  
issue, so operating frequency will need to be increased  
in an effort to minimize inductor value (size). This choice  
could also result from the need to have above average  
transient performance, although efficiency may be re-  
duced slightly. FREQUENCY_SWITCH is set to 1.0MHz.  
As a 2-phase system, MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
is programmed to 0x14 to put Channel 0 phase at 0° and  
Channel 1 phase at 180°. This produces the lowest input  
ripple possible with this configuration and allows this  
output to synchronize with other rails via SHARE_CLK.  
A loop crossover frequency of 100kHz provides good  
transient performance while still being well below the  
switching frequency of the converter. The values of R29,  
R30 and C25 to C27 were determined to produce a nomi-  
nal system phase margin of about 65° at this bandwidth.  
For the DCR sense filter network, R = 3.09k and C = 220nF  
arechosentomatchtheL/DCRtimeconstantoftheinduc-  
tor. PolyPhase connections (I , et al) are shown in the  
AVG  
schematic to ensure good output current sharing between  
the two power stages.  
External temperature sense will employ an accurate ꢁV  
BE  
method, and Q1 and Q2 serve to sense the temperature of  
L1 and L2, respectively. These components will be located  
immediately adjacent to their chokes and the 10nF filter  
capacitors placed with the BJTs.  
The design will plan on a nominal output ripple of 70% of  
I
tominimizethemagneticsvolume,andtheinductance  
OUT  
value is chosen based on this assumption. Each channel  
supplies an average 20A to the output at full load, result-  
Resistor configuration is used on the ASELn pins to pro-  
gram PMBus address (MFR_ADDRESS) to 0x4C. Each  
LTC3882-1 must be configured for a unique address.  
Using both ASELn pins to accomplish this programming  
is recommended for simpliest in-system programming.  
Check the selected address to avoid collision with global  
addresses other any other specific devices. Identical  
MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS can be set in EEPROM for both  
channels to allow single-command control of common  
rail parameters such as IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT. The  
LTC3882-1 also responds to 7-bit global addresses 0x5A  
and 0x5B. MFR_ADDRESS and MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS  
should not be set to either of these values.  
ing in a ripple of 14A . A 200nH inductor per phase  
P-P  
would create this peak-to-peak ripple at 1.0MHz. A Pulse  
PA0513.22LT 210nH inductor with a DCR of 0.32mΩ  
typical is selected. Setting IOUT_FAULT_LIMIT to 35A per  
phase leaves plenty of headroom for transient conditions  
while still adequately protecting against the rated inductor  
saturation current of 45A at temperature.  
For top and bottom power FETs, the 40V rated Infineon  
BSC050N04LSG and BSC010N04LS are chosen, respec-  
tively. These afford both low R  
G
improved efficiency at full load, if desired.  
and low gate charge  
DS(ON)  
Q . Two of each of these could be paralleled to achieve  
The LTC4449 gate driver is chosen for its fast response  
PMBus connection (three signals), as well as shared  
RUN control and fault propagation (FAULT) are provided.  
SYNC can be used to synchronize other PWMs to this  
rail if required.  
(13ns), suitable gate drive, V capability (38V) and the  
IN  
easewithwhichitcanbeinterfacedtotheLTC3882-1.Basic  
three-statecontrol,CCMoperation,fastboostrefresh,low  
V
range and digital output voltage servo are selected  
OUT  
Pull-upsareprovidedonallthesesharedopen-drainsignals  
assuming a maximum 100pF line load and PMBus rate of  
100kHz. These pins should not be left floating. Termina-  
tion to 3.3V ensures the absolute maximum ratings for  
the pins are not exceeded. All other operating parameters  
such as soft start/stop and desired faults responses are  
programmedviaPMBuscommandvaluesstoredininternal  
LTC3882-1 EEPROM.  
by programming MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1 to 0xC0  
for both channels.  
For input filtering, a 47μF SUNCON capacitor and four  
22μF ceramic capacitors are selected to provide accept-  
able AC impedance against the designed converter ripple  
current. Four 470μF 9mΩ POSCAPs and two 100μF  
ceramic capacitors are chosen for the output to maintain  
supply regulation during severe transient conditions and  
to minimize output voltage ripple.  
38821f  
69  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
(by functional groups)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
ADDRESSING AND WRITE PROTECT  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
PAGE  
0x00 Channel (page) presently selected for any  
paged command.  
R/W Byte  
N
Reg  
0x00  
PAGE_PLUS_WRITE  
PAGE_PLUS_READ  
0x05 Write a command directly to a specified page. W Block  
N
N
0x06 Read a command directly from a specified  
page.  
Block R/W  
Process  
l
WRITE_PROTECT  
0x10 Protect the device against unintended PMBus R/W Byte  
modifications.  
N
Reg  
0x00  
l
l
MFR_ADDRESS  
0xE6 Specify right-justified 7-bit device address.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
N
Y
Reg  
Reg  
0x4F  
0x80  
MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS  
0xFA Specify unique right-justified 7-bit address  
for channels comprising a PolyPhase output.  
Related commands: MFR_COMMON.  
PAGE  
The PAGE command provides the ability to configure, control and monitor both PWM channels through only one  
physical address, either the MFR_ADDRESS or GLOBAL device address. Each PAGE contains the operating memory  
for one PWM channel.  
Pages 0x00 and 0x01 correspond to Channel 0 and Channel 1, respectively, in this device.  
Setting PAGE to 0xFF applies any following paged commands to both outputs. With PAGE set to 0xFF the LTC3882-1  
will respond to read commands as if PAGE were set to 0x00 (Channel 0 results).  
This command has one data byte.  
PAGE_PLUS_WRITE  
The PAGE_PLUS_WRITE command provides a way to set the page within a device, send a command and then send  
the data for the command, all in one communication packet. Commands allowed by the present write protection level  
may be sent with PAGE_PLUS_WRITE.  
The value stored in the PAGE command is not affected by PAGE_PLUS_WRITE. If PAGE_PLUS_WRITE is used to send  
a non-paged command, the Page Number byte is ignored.  
This command uses Write Block protocol. An example of the PAGE_PLUS_WRITE command with PEC sending a com-  
mand that has two data bytes is shown in Figure 49.  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
SLAVE  
ADDRESS  
PAGE_PLUS  
COMMAND CODE  
BLOCK COUNT  
(= 4)  
PAGE  
NUMBER  
COMMAND  
CODE  
S
W
A
A
A
A
A
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
LOWER DATA  
BYTE  
UPPER DATA  
BYTE  
A
A
PEC BYTE  
A
P
38821 F49  
Figure 49. Example of PAGE_PLUS_WRITE  
38821f  
70  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Addressing and Write Protect)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
PAGE_PLUS_READ  
The PAGE_PLUS_READ command provides the ability to set the page within a device, send a command and then read  
the data returned by the command, all in one communication packet .  
The value stored in the PAGE command is not affected by PAGE_PLUS_READ. If PAGE_PLUS_READ is used to access  
data from a non-paged command, the Page Number byte is ignored.  
This command uses Block Write – Block Read Process Call protocol. An example of the PAGE_PLUS_READ command  
with PEC is shown in Figure 50.  
NOTE: PAGE_PLUS commands cannot be nested. A PAGE_PLUS command cannot be used to read or write another  
PAGE_PLUS command. If this is attempted, the LTC3882-1 will NACK the entire PAGE_PLUS packet and issue a CML  
fault for Invalid/Unsupported Data.  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
SLAVE  
ADDRESS  
PAGE_PLUS  
COMMAND CODE  
BLOCK COUNT  
(= 2)  
PAGE  
NUMBER  
COMMAND  
CODE  
S
W
A
A
A
A
A
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
SLAVE  
ADDRESS  
BLOCK COUNT  
LOWER DATA  
BYTE  
UPPER DATA  
BYTE  
Sr  
R
A
A
A
A
PEC BYTE  
NA  
P
(= 2)  
38821 F50  
Figure 50. Example of PAGE_PLUS_READ  
WRITE_PROTECT  
The WRITE_PROTECT command is used to control PMBus write access to the LTC3882-1.  
Supported Values:  
VALUE  
0x80  
MEANING  
Disable all writes except WRITE_PROTECT, PAGE, STORE_USER_ALL and MFR_EE_UNLOCK commands.  
0x40  
Disable all writes except WRITE_PROTECT, PAGE, STORE_USER_ALL, MFR_EE_UNLOCK, OPERATION, CLEAR_PEAKS and CLEAR_FAULTS  
commands. Individual faults can also be cleared by writing a 1 to the respective status bit.  
0x20  
0x00  
Disable all writes except WRITE_PROTECT, PAGE, STORE_USER_ ALL, MFR_EE_UNLOCK, OPERATION, CLEAR_PEAKS, CLEAR_FAULTS,  
ON_OFF_CONFIG and VOUT_COMMAND commands. Individual faults can be cleared by writing a 1 to the respective status bit.  
Enables writes to all commands.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
71  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Addressing and Write Protect)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_ADDRESS  
The MFR_ADDRESS command sets the seven bits of the PMBus device address for this unit (right justified).  
Setting this command to a value of 0x80 disables device-level addressing. The GLOBAL device addresses 0x5A and  
0x5B cannot be disabled. The LTC3882-1 always responds at these addresses. Even if bit 6 of MFR_CONFIG_ALL_  
LTC3882-1 is set to ignore the device resistor configuration pins, any valid address, or portion of an address, specified  
with external resistors on ASEL0 or ASEL1 is applied. If both of these pins are open, the device address is determined  
strictly by the MFR_ADDRESS value stored in EEPROM. Refer to the Operation section on Resistor Configuration Pins  
for additional details.  
This command has one data byte.  
MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS  
The MFR_RAIL_ADDRESS command sets a direct 7-bit PMBus address (right justified) for the active channel(s) as  
determined by the PAGE command. This address should be common to all channels attached to a single power supply  
rail. Setting this command to a value of 0x80 disables rail device addressing for the selected channel. Only command  
writes should be made to the rail address. If a read is performed from this address, a CML fault may result.  
This command has one data byte.  
GENERAL DEVICE CONFIGURATION  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
PMBUS_REVISION  
0x98 Supported PMBus version.  
R Byte  
Y
N
N
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
0x22  
V1.2  
CAPABILITY  
0x19 Summary of supported optional PMBus  
features.  
R Byte  
0xB0  
l
MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1  
0xD1 LTC3882-1 device-level configuration.  
R/W Byte  
0x01  
PMBUS_REVISION  
The PMBUS_REVISION command returns the revision of the PMBus Specification that the device supports. The  
LTC3882-1 is compliant with PMBus Version 1.2, both Part I and Part II.  
This read-only command has one data byte.  
CAPABILITY  
The CAPABILITY command reports some key LTC3882-1 features to the PMBus host device.  
The LTC3882-1 supports packet error checking, 400kHz bus speeds and has an ALERT output.  
This read-only command has one data byte.  
38821f  
72  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(General Device Configuration)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1  
The MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1 command provides device-level configuration common to multiple LTC PMBus  
products.  
Bit Definitions:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
Enable fault logging.  
6
Ignore resistor configuration pins. Does not apply to ASEL0 or ASEL1.  
Disable CML fault for Quick Command message.  
Disable SYNC output.  
5
4
3
Enable 255ms PMBus timeout.  
2
Require valid PEC for PMBus write.  
Enable PMBus clock stretching.  
1
0
Execute CLEAR_FAULTS on rising edge of either RUN pin.  
If a legal command is received with an invalid PEC, the LTC3882-1 will not execute the command, regardless of the state  
of bit 2. If clock stretching is enabled, the LTC3882-1 only uses it as required, generally above SCL rates of 100kHz.  
This command has one data byte.  
ON, OFF AND MARGIN CONTROL  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
ON_OFF_CONFIG  
0x02 RUN pin and PMBus on/off command  
configuration.  
R/W Byte  
Y
Reg  
Reg  
0x1E  
l
OPERATION  
MFR_RESET  
0x01 On, off and margin control.  
R/W Byte  
Send Byte  
Y
N
0x80  
0xFD Force full reset without removing power.  
ON_OFF_CONFIG  
The ON_OFF_CONFIG command specifies the combination of RUNn pin input state and PMBus commands needed to  
turn the PWM channel on and off.  
Supported Values:  
VALUE  
0x1F  
MEANING  
OPERATION value and RUNn pin must both command the device to start/run. Device executes immediate off when commanded off.  
OPERATION value and RUNn pin must both command the device to start/run. Device uses TOFF_ command values when commanded off.  
RUNn pin control with immediate off when commanded off. OPERATION on/off control ignored.  
RUNn pin control using TOFF_ command values when commanded off. OPERATION on/off control ignored.  
0x1E  
0x17  
0x16  
Programming an unsupported ON_OFF_CONFIG value will generate a CML fault and the command will be ignored.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
73  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(On, Off and Margin Control)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
OPERATION  
The OPERATION command is used to turn the PWM channel on and off in conjunction with RUN pin hardware control.  
Thiscommandmayalsobeusedtomovetheoutputvoltagetomarginlevels. V changescommandedbyOPERATION  
OUT  
margin commands occur at the programmed VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE. The unit stays in the commanded operating  
state until an OPERATION command or RUN pin voltage instructs the device to change to another state.  
Execution of margin commands is delayed until any on-going TON_RISE or TOFF_FALL output sequencing is com-  
pleted. Margin values are affected by AVP function, if enabled. Margin operations that ignore faults are not supported  
by the LTC3882-1.  
Supported Values:  
VALUE  
0xA8  
MEANING  
Margin high.  
Margin low.  
0x98  
0x80  
On (V  
back to nominal even if bit 3 of ON_OFF_CONFIG is not set).  
OUT  
0x40*  
0x00*  
Soft off (with sequencing).  
Immediate off (no sequencing).  
*Device does not respond to these commands if bit 3 of ON_OFF_CONFIG is not set.  
Programming an unsupported OPERATION value will generate a CML fault and the command will be ignored.  
This command has one data byte.  
MFR_RESET  
This command provides a means to reset the LTC3882-1 from the serial bus. This forces the LTC3882-1 to turn off  
both PWM channels, load the operating memory from internal EEPROM, clear all faults and then perform a soft-start  
of both PWM channels, if enabled.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
38821f  
74  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(PWM Configuration)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
PWM CONFIGURATION  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
FREQUENCY_SWITCH  
0x33 PWM frequency control.  
R/W Word  
N
L11  
Reg  
kHz  
500kHz  
0xFBE8  
l
MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
0xF5 LTC3882-1 PWM configuration common to  
both channels.  
R/W Byte  
N
0x14  
l
l
MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1  
0xD0 LTC3882-1 channel-specific configuration.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Reg  
Reg  
0x1D  
0xC8  
0xD4 LTC3882-1 channel-specific PWM mode  
control.  
Related commands MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN_ADJUST, MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET.  
FREQUENCY_SWITCH  
The FREQUENCY_SWITCH command sets the switching frequency of both LTC3882-1 PWM channels in kilohertz. At  
most only one IC sharing SYNC should be programmed as clock master. See bit 4 in MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1.  
FREQUENCY_SWITCH value will determine the free-running frequency of PWM operation if an expected external clock  
source is not present or the bussed SYNC line becomes stuck due an external fault or conflict. Both PWM channels  
must be turned off by the RUNn pins, OPERATION command, or their combination, to process this command. If this  
command is sent while either PWM controller is operating, the LTC3882-1 will NACK the command byte, ignore the  
command and its data, and assert a BUSY fault. A PLL Unlocked status may be reported after changing the value of  
this command until the new frequency is established.  
Supported Frequencies:  
VALUE  
0x0A71  
0x03E8  
0x0384  
0x02EE  
0x0258  
0xFBE8  
0xFB84  
0xFB20  
0xFABC  
0XFA58  
0xF3E8  
0x0000  
PWM FREQUENCY (TYPICAL)  
1.25MHz  
1MHz  
900kHz  
750kHz  
600kHz  
500kHz  
450kHz  
400kHz  
350kHz  
300kHz  
250kHz  
External SYNC Only  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
75  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(PWM Configuration)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
The MFR_PWM_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 command controls PWM-related clocking for the LTC3882-1. Both PWM chan-  
nels must be turned off by the RUNn pins, OPERATION command, or their combination, to process this command. If  
this command is sent while either PWM controller is operating, the LTC3882-1 will NACK the command byte, ignore  
the command and its data, and assert a BUSY fault.  
Supported Values:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
(Reserved, must write as 0).  
6
(Reserved, must write as 0).  
5
(Reserved).  
4
SHARE_CLK configuration:  
0: SHARE_CLK continuously enabled once VINSNS ≥ VIN_ON after initialization.  
1: SHARE_CLK always forced low if VINSNS ≤ VIN_OFF, then held low until VINSNS ≥ VIN_ON.  
(Reserved).  
3
2:0  
Phase  
Maximum Duty  
Cycle  
Value  
Channel 0  
135°  
90°  
Channel 1  
315°  
111b  
110b  
101b  
100b  
011b  
010b  
001b  
000b  
87.5%  
270°  
45°  
225°  
0°  
180°  
120°  
60°  
300°  
83.3%  
240°  
0°  
180°  
0°  
120°  
Phase is expressed from the falling edge of SYNC to the falling edge of PWM.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
76  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(PWM Configuration)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
The MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 command provides per-channel configuration common to multiple LTC PMBus  
products.  
Bit Definitions:  
BIT  
7:5  
4
MEANING  
(Reserved).  
RUN pin control:  
0: When the channel is commanded off, the associated RUN pin is pulsed low for TOFF_DELAY + TOFF_FALL + 136ms  
(or MFR_RESTART_DELAY, if longer) regardless of the state of bit 3.  
1: RUN pin is not pulsed low if channel is commanded off.  
Short cycle control:  
3
2
0: No special control. Device attempts to follow on/off commands exactly as issued.  
1: Output is immediately disabled if commanded back on while waiting for TOFF_DELAY or TOFF_FALL to expire. A minimum off time  
of 120ms is then enforced before the channel is turned back on. Additional delay will apply if bit 4 is clear.  
SHARE_CLK output control:  
0: No special control.  
1: Output disabled if SHARE_CLK is held low.  
(Reserved, must write as 0).  
1
0
MFR_RETRY_DELAY control:  
0: Output decay to 12.5% of programmed value required for retry after ANY action that turns off the rail.  
1: Output decay not required for retry.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
77  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(PWM Configuration)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1  
TheMFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1commandsetsimportantPWMcontrolsforeachchannel.Theaddressedchannel(s)  
must be turned off by its RUN pin, OPERATION command, or their combination, when this command is issued. Oth-  
erwise the LTC3882-1 will NACK the command byte, ignore the command and its data, and assert a BUSY fault.  
When bit 5 is cleared, the LTC3882-1 computes temperature in °C from ꢁV measured by the ADC at the TSNSn pin as  
BE  
T = (G • ΔV • q/(K • ln(16))) – 273.15 + O  
BE  
When bit 5 is set, the LTC3882-1 computes temperature in °C from TSNSn voltage measured by the ADC as  
T = (G • (1.35 – V  
+ O)/4.3e-3) + 25  
TSNSn  
For both equations,  
–14  
G = MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN • 2 , and  
O = MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET  
Supported Values:  
BIT  
MEANING  
7
Output voltage range select:  
0: Maximum V  
1: Maximum V  
= 5.25V.  
= 2.65V.  
OUT  
OUT  
6*  
5
Enable V  
servo.  
OUT  
External temperature sense:  
0: ꢁV measurement.  
BE  
1: Direct voltage measurement.  
4:3  
BOOST refresh width:  
11b: 250ns  
10b: 125ns  
01b: 50ns  
00b: 25ns  
2
1
(Reserved).  
PWM control protocol:  
0: 3-State PWM output.  
1: 3-State PWM output with no DCM (including soft-start) or hardware ROC response (including OV).  
0
PWM mode:  
0: Forced continuous inductor current.  
1: Discontinuous inductor current.  
*This bit is ignored (servo disabled) if MFR_VOUT_AVP for this channel is programmed to a value greater than 0.0%.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
78  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(Input Voltage and Limits)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
INPUT VOLTAGE AND LIMITS  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
VIN_ON  
0x35 Minimum input voltage to begin power  
conversion.  
R/W Word  
N
N
N
N
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
V
V
V
V
6.5V  
0xCB40  
l
l
l
VIN_OFF  
0x36 Decreasing input voltage at which power  
conversion stops.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
6.0V  
0xCB00  
VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT  
0x55  
V
IN  
overvoltage fault limit.  
15.5V  
0xD3E0  
0x58  
V
IN  
undervoltage warning limit.  
6.3V  
0xCB26  
Related commands: STATUS_INPUT, SMBALERT_MASK, READ_VIN, VIN_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
VIN_ON  
The VIN_ON command sets the input voltage, in volts, required to start power conversion.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
VIN_OFF  
The VIN_OFF command sets the minimum input voltage, in volts, at which power conversion stops.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
The VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT command sets the value of the input voltage measured by the ADC, in volts, that causes  
an input overvoltage fault.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT  
The VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT command sets the value of input voltage measured by the ADC that causes an input under-  
voltage warning. This warning is disabled until the input exceeds the input startup threshold value set by the VIN_ON  
command and the unit has been enabled. If the VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT is then exceeded, the device:  
• Sets the INPUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the V Undervoltage Warning Bit in the STATUS_INPUT Command  
IN  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
38821f  
79  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Output Voltage and Limits)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
OUTPUT VOLTAGE AND LIMITS  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
–12  
VOUT_MODE  
0x20 Output voltage format and exponent.  
0x21 Nominal V value.  
R Byte  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reg  
L16  
L16  
L16  
L11  
L16  
L16  
L16  
L16  
L16  
L16  
2
0x14  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
VOUT_COMMAND  
R/W Word  
R Word  
V
V
V
%
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.0V  
0x1000  
OUT  
MFR_VOUT_MAX  
0xA5 Maximum value of any V -related  
5.6V  
0x599A  
OUT  
command.  
VOUT_MAX  
0x24 Maximum V  
that can be set by any  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
5.5V  
0x5800  
OUT  
command, including margin.  
MFR_VOUT_AVP  
0xD3 Specify V load line.  
0%  
0x8000  
OUT  
VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH  
VOUT_MARGIN_LOW  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT  
VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT  
0x25  
0x26  
0x40  
0x42  
0x43  
0x44  
V
at high margin, must be greater than  
1.05V  
0x10CD  
OUT  
VOUT_COMMAND.  
V
OUT  
at low margin, must be less than  
0.95V  
0x0F33  
VOUT_COMMAND.  
V
OUT  
V
OUT  
V
OUT  
V
OUT  
overvoltage fault limit.  
1.1V  
0x119A  
overvoltage warning limit.  
undervoltage warning limit.  
undervoltage fault limit.  
1.075V  
0x1133  
0.925V  
0x0ECD  
0.9V  
0x0E66  
Related commands: OPERATION, STATUS_WORD, STATUS_VOUT, SMBALERT_MASK, READ_VOUT, MFR_VOUT_PEAK, READ_POUT, VOUT_OV_FAULT_  
RESPONSE, VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
VOUT_MODE  
The VOUT_MODE command gives the format used by the LTC3882-1 for output voltage related commands. Only Linear  
Mode is supported, with a mantissa expressed in microvolts. Sending the VOUT_MODE command to the LTC3882-1  
using a write protocol will result in a CML fault.  
This read-only command has one data byte.  
VOUT_COMMAND  
The VOUT_COMMAND is used to set the output voltage in volts (no load value if AVP is enabled). Execution of this  
command is delayed until any on-going TON_RISE or TOFF_FALL output sequencing is completed, otherwise the  
output voltage moves to a new value at VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
MFR_VOUT_MAX  
The MFR_VOUT_MAX command returns the maximum value, in volts, allowed for any V -related command, in-  
OUT  
cluding VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT. This value represents the maximum regulated voltage the selected channel could be  
capable of producing.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
38821f  
80  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Output Voltage and Limits)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
VOUT_MAX  
The VOUT_MAX command sets an upper limit, in volts, on the allowed value of any command that sets the output  
voltage, including VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH. Setting VOUT_MAX to a value greater than MFR_VOUT_MAX will result in  
a CML fault and VOUT_MAX will be set to the value of MFR_VOUT_MAX. A VOUT_MAX warning may also be gener-  
ated if VOUT_MAX is set above 5.5V in output range 0 or above 2.75V in range 1. This command ensures that any  
combination of commands attempting to set V  
above VOUT_MAX will result in a warning with the output clamped  
OUT  
at VOUT_MAX. When a VOUT_MAX warning occurs, the device takes the following actions:  
• Sets The Offending Command Value to the Voltage Specified by VOUT_MAX  
• Sets the VOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the VOUT_MAX Warning Bit in the STATUS_VOUT Command  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
MFR_VOUT_AVP  
The MFR_VOUT_AVP command sets the change in output voltage, in percent, for a full-scale change in output current.  
MFR_VOUT_AVP can be used for active voltage positioning (AVP) requirements or passive current sharing schemes.  
The LTC3882-1 interprets the IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT value as full-scale current for AVP. If MFR_VOUT_AVP is non-  
zero, VOUT_COMMAND sets the maximum, no-load output voltage and servo mode for that channel is automatically  
disabled. Setting MFR_VOUT_AVP to 0.0% automatically disables the AVP function. Refer to the Applications Informa-  
tion section for additional details on range and resolution when using MFR_VOUT_AVP.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH  
The VOUT_MARGIN_HIGH command programs the output voltage, in volts, to be produced when Margin High is set  
with the OPERATION command (no load value if AVP is enabled). The value must be greater than VOUT_ COMMAND.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
VOUT_MARGIN_LOW  
The VOUT_MARGIN_LOW command programs the output voltage, in volts, to be produced when Margin Low is set  
by the OPERATION command (no load value if AVP is enabled). The value must be less than VOUT_COMMAND.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT  
TheVOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMITcommandsetsthevalueoftheoutputvoltagemeasuredbytheOVsupervisorattheV  
SENSE  
pins, in volts, which causes an output overvoltage fault. If VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT is modified while the channel is on,  
10ms should be allowed for the new value to take effect. Modifying V during that time can result an erroneous OV  
OUT  
fault. The LTC3882-1 sets MFR_COMMON bits[6:5] low while it establishes the new VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT value.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
38821f  
81  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Output Voltage and Limits)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT  
The VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT command sets the value, in volts, of the output voltage measured by the ADC at the  
pins that causes an output overvoltage warning. If the VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT is exceeded, the device:  
V
SENSE  
• Sets the VOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the V Overvoltage Warning Bit in the STATUS_VOUT Command  
OUT  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT  
The VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT command sets the value, in volts, of the output voltage measured by the ADC at the  
V
SENSE  
pins that causes an output undervoltage warning. If the VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT is exceeded, the device:  
• Sets the VOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the V Undervoltage Warning Bit in the STATUS_VOUT Command  
OUT  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT  
The VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT command sets the value of the output voltage measured by the UV supervisor at the  
V
SENSE  
pins, in volts, which causes an output undervoltage fault.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
38821f  
82  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Output Current and Limits)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
OUTPUT CURRENT AND LIMITS  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
IOUT_CAL_GAIN  
0x38 Ratio of I  
voltage to sensed current.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
Y
Y
Y
Y
L11  
CF  
mΩ  
0.63mΩ  
0xB285  
SENSE  
l
l
l
MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT  
IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT  
0xF6 Output current sense element temperature  
coefficient.  
ppm/°C  
3900ppm/°C  
0x0F3C  
0x46 Output overcurrent fault limit.  
L11  
L11  
A
A
29.75A  
0xDBB8  
0x4A Output overcurrent warning limit.  
20.0A  
0xDA80  
Related commands: STATUS_IOUT, SMBALERT_MASK, READ_IOUT, MFR_IOUT_PEAK, READ_POUT, IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE, MFR_VOUT_AVP  
IOUT_CAL_GAIN  
The IOUT_CAL_GAIN command is used to set the resistance value of the output current sense element in milliohms.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC  
The MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC command sets the temperature coefficient of the output current sense element in  
ppm/°C. Effective sense resistance, in milliohms, is computed by the LTC3882-1 as  
R
SENSE  
= IOUT_CAL_GAIN • (1 + 1E-6 • MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC • (READ_TEMPERATURE_1 – 27))  
This command has two data bytes representing a 2’s compliment integer.  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT  
The IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT command sets the value of the instantaneous peak output current, in amperes, which  
will cause the OC supervisor to detect an output overcurrent fault. The LTC3882-1 uses the computed effective sense  
resistance and the voltage across the I  
inputs to determine the output current. The programmed limit voltage is  
SENSE  
rounded to the nearest 0.4mV in a range from 0.0mV to 80.0mV. Output overcurrent faults are ignored during TON_RISE  
and TOFF_FALL output sequencing.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT  
TheIOUT_OC_WARN_LIMITcommandsetsthevalueoftheoutputcurrentmeasuredbytheADC,inamperes,thatcauses  
anoutputovercurrentwarning.Toprovidemeaningfulresponses,thisvalueshouldbesetbelowIOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT  
minus 1/2 of the maximum anticipated ripple current. If the IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT is exceeded, the device:  
• Sets the IOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the I  
Overcurrent Warning Bit in the STATUS_IOUT Command  
OUT  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
Output overcurrent warnings are ignored during TON_RISE and TOFF_FALL output sequencing.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
83  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Output Timing, Delays, and Ramping)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
OUTPUT TIMING, DELAYS, AND RAMPING  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
MFR_RESTART_DELAY  
0xDC Minimum time RUN pin is held low by the  
LTC3882-1.  
R/W Word  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
ms  
500ms  
0xFBE8  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
TON_DELAY  
0x60 Delay from RUN pin or OPERATION on  
command to TON_RISE ramp start.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
ms  
0.0ms  
0x8000  
TON_RISE  
0x61 Time for V  
to rise from 0V to  
ms  
8.0ms  
0xD200  
OUT  
VOUT_COMMAND after TON_DELAY.  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT  
VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE  
TOFF_DELAY  
0x62 Maximum time for V to rise above  
ms  
10.0ms  
0xD280  
OUT  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT after TON_DELAY.  
0x27  
V
slew rate for programmed output  
V/ms  
ms  
0.25V/ms  
0xAA00  
OUT  
changes.  
0x64 Delay from RUN pin or OPERATION off  
command to TOFF_FALL ramp start.  
0.0ms  
0x8000  
TOFF_FALL  
0x65 Time for V  
to fall to 0V from  
ms  
8.0ms  
0xD200  
OUT  
VOUT_COMMAND after TOFF_DELAY.  
TOFF_MAX_WARN_LIMIT  
0x66 Maximum time for V to decay below  
ms  
150ms  
0xF258  
OUT  
12.5% of VOUT_COMMAND after TOFF_FALL  
completes.  
Related commands: MFR_RETRY_DELAY, STATUS_VOUT, SMBALERT_MASK, TON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE, MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1,  
MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1  
These commands can be used to establish required on/off sequencing for any number of system power supply rails.  
MFR_RESTART_DELAY  
The MFR_RESTART DELAY command specifies the minimum PWM off time (RUN low) in milliseconds. The LTC3882-1  
will actively hold its RUN pin low for this length of time if a falling RUN edge is detected. After this delay, a standard  
start-up sequence can be initiated. A minimum of TOFF_DELAY + TOFF_FALL + 136ms is recommended for this com-  
mand value. Valid value range is 136ms to 65.52 seconds. The LTC3882-1 uses a resolution of 16ms for this command  
and will not produce delays outside of this range.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
TON_DELAY  
The TON_DELAY command sets the delay, in milliseconds, between a start condition and the beginning of the output  
voltage rise. Values from 0ms to 83 seconds are considered valid, and the LTC3882-1 will not produce delays outside  
of this range.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
TON_RISE  
The TON_RISE command sets the desired time, in milliseconds, from the point the output starts to rise until it enters  
the regulation band. Values from 0 seconds to 1.3 seconds are considered valid, and the LTC3882-1 will not produce  
rise times outside of this range. Values of TON_RISE less than 0.25ms or resulting slopes greater than 4V/ms will  
result in an output step to the commanded voltage limited only by PWM analog loop response.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
84  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Output Timing, Delays and Ramping)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT  
The TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT command sets the maximum time, in milliseconds, the unit is allowed from the beginning  
of TON_RISE to power up the output without passing VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT. A value of 0ms means there is no limit  
and the unit can attempt to bring up the output voltage indefinitely. The maximum allowed TON_MAX is 8 seconds.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE  
The VOUT_TRANSITION_RATE command sets the rate at which the output voltage changes, in volts per millisecond  
(or mV/ꢀs), in response to a VOUT_COMMAND or OPERATION (margin) command. This rate of change does not ap-  
ply to operations that fully turn the PWM channel on or off. Values from 1mV/ms to 4V/ms are considered valid. The  
LTC3882-1 will not produce V  
transitions slower than 1mV/ms, and values exceeding 4V/ms cause the device to  
OUT  
transition the output as quickly as possible, limited only by PWM analog loop response.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
TOFF_DELAY  
The TOFF_DELAY command sets the delay, in milliseconds, between a stop condition and the beginning of the output  
voltage fall. Values from 0s to 16s are considered valid.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
TOFF_FALL  
The TOFF_FALL command sets the time, in milliseconds, from the end of TOFF_DELAY until the output voltage is com-  
manded fully to zero. The part attempts to linearly reduce the commanded output voltage to zero during TOFF_FALL.  
At the end of this period, the PWM output is disabled.  
The part will maintain its programmed PWM operating mode during TOFF_FALL. Using continuous conduction mode  
will produce a well defined V  
ramp off but may result in negative output current. The minimum supported fall time  
OUT  
is 0.25ms, or any value that results in a rate of fall exceeding 4V/ms. Programmed values less than this will result in a  
commanded 0.25ms ramp, possibly limited by PWM analog loop response. Maximum fall time is 1.3 seconds.  
In discontinuous conduction mode, the controller will not be able to draw current from the load and fall time will be  
set by output capacitance and load current.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
TOFF_MAX_WARN_LIMIT  
The TOFF_MAX_WARN_LIMIT command sets the time, in milliseconds, the unit is allotted to have the output off after  
TOFF_FALL completes before a warning is issued. The output is considered off when V  
VOUT_COMMAND value.  
is less than 12.5% of the  
OUT  
A data value of 0ms means there is no limit and the unit can attempt to turn the output off indefinitely. There is also  
no limit enforced if bit 0 of MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1 is set.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
85  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(External Temperature and Limits)  
TYPE  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
EXTERNAL TEMPERATURE AND LIMITS  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
l
MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN  
0xF8 Set slope for external temperature  
calculations.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CF  
1.0  
0x4000  
l
l
l
l
MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET  
OT_FAULT_LIMIT  
OT_WARN_LIMIT  
UT_FAULT_LIMIT  
0xF9 Offset addend for external temperature  
calculations.  
L11  
L11  
L11  
L11  
°C or V  
°C  
0.0  
0x8000  
0x4F External overtemperature fault limit.  
0x51 External overtemperature warning limit.  
0x53 External undertemperature fault limit.  
100.0°C  
0xEB20  
°C  
85.0°C  
0xEAA8  
°C  
–40.0°C  
0xE580  
Related commands: STATUS_TEMPERATURE, SMBALERT_MASK, MFR_TEMPERATURE1_PEAK, OT_FAULT_RESPONSE, UT_FAULT_RESPONSE,  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC, READ_TEMPERATURE_2, MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE, MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1  
MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN  
The MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN command sets the slope used in the calculation of external temperature to account for non-  
idealities in the element and remote sensing errors, if any. Refer to the MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1 command for  
equation details.  
This command has two data bytes representing a 2’s complement integer.  
MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET  
The MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET command sets the offset used in the calculation of external temperature to account for  
non-idealities in the element and remote sensing errors, if any. The unit of measure for MFR_TEMP1_OFFSET depends  
on bit 5 of MFR_PWM_MODE. MFR_TEMP1_ OFFSET is expressed volts if this bit is set and in °C otherwise. Refer to  
the MFR_PWM_MODE_ LTC3882-1 command for equation details.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
OT_FAULT_LIMIT  
The OT_FAULT_LIMIT command sets the value of sensed external temperature, in degrees Celsius, which causes an  
overtemperature fault.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
OT_WARN_LIMIT  
The OT_WARN_LIMIT command sets the value of sensed external temperature, in degrees Celsius, which causes an  
overtemperature warning. If the OT_WARN_LIMIT is exceeded, the device:  
• Sets the TEMPERATURE Bit in the STATUS_BYTE  
• Sets the Overtemperature Warning Bit in the STATUS_TEMPERATURE Command  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
86  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(External Temperature Limits)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
UT_FAULT_LIMIT  
The UT_FAULT_LIMIT command sets the value of sensed external temperature, in degrees Celsius, which causes an  
undertemperature fault.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
STATUS REPORTING  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
STATUS_BYTE  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
0x78 One-byte channel status summary.  
0x79 Two-byte channel status summary.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Word  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
STATUS_WORD  
STATUS_VOUT  
0x7A  
0x7B  
V fault and warning status.  
OUT  
fault and warning status.  
STATUS_IOUT  
I
OUT  
STATUS_INPUT  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE  
0x7C Input supply fault and warning status.  
0x7D External temperature fault and warning  
status.  
STATUS_CML  
0x7E Communication, memory and logic fault and R/W Byte  
warning status.  
N
Reg  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1  
MFR_COMMON  
0x80 LTC3882-1-specific status.  
0xE5 State of selected LTC3882-1 pads.  
0xEF LTC-generic device status reporting.  
0x03 Clear all set fault bits.  
R/W Byte  
R Word  
Y
N
N
N
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
R Byte  
CLEAR_FAULTS  
Send Byte  
Refer to Figure 2 for a graphical depiction of these register contents and their relationships.  
STATUS_BYTE  
The STATUS_BYTE command returns a one-byte summary of the most critical faults.  
STATUS_BYTE Message Contents:  
BIT  
7*  
6
STATUS BIT NAME  
MEANING  
BUSY  
OFF  
A fault was declared because the LTC3882-1 was unable to respond.  
This bit is set if the channel is not providing power to its output, regardless of the reason, including simply not  
being enabled.  
5
4
VOUT_OV  
IOUT_OC  
VIN_UV  
An output overvoltage fault has occurred.  
An output overcurrent fault has occurred.  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
3
2
TEMPERATURE  
CML  
A temperature fault or warning has occurred.  
A communications, memory or logic fault has occurred.  
1
0*  
NONE OF THE ABOVE A fault Not listed in bits[7:1] has occurred.  
*ALERT can be asserted if either of these bits is set. They may be cleared by writing a 1 to their bit position in the STATUS_BYTE, in lieu of a CLEAR_FAULTS  
command.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
87  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Status Reporting)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
STATUS_WORD  
The STATUS_WORD command returns a two-byte summary of the channel's fault condition. The low byte of the STA-  
TUS_WORD is the same as the STATUS_BYTE command.  
STATUS_WORD High Byte Message Contents:  
BIT  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
STATUS BIT NAME  
VOUT  
MEANING  
An output voltage fault or warning has occurred.  
An output current fault or warning has occurred.  
An input voltage fault or warning has occurred.  
A fault or warning specific to the LTC3882-1 has occurred.  
The POWER_GOOD state is false if this bit is set.  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
IOUT  
INPUT  
MFR_SPECIFIC  
POWER_GOOD#  
FANS  
OTHER  
8
UNKNOWN  
This command has two data bytes.  
STATUS_VOUT  
The STATUS_VOUT command returns one byte of V  
status information.  
OUT  
STATUS_VOUT Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
V
OUT  
V
OUT  
V
OUT  
V
OUT  
overvoltage fault.  
6
overvoltage warning.  
undervoltage warning.  
undervoltage fault.  
5
4
3
VOUT_MAX warning.  
2
TON_MAX fault.  
1
TOFF_MAX warning.  
0
Not supported by the LTC3882-1 (returns 0).  
ALERT can be asserted if any of bits[7:1] are set. These may be cleared by writing a 1 to their bit position in STATUS_VOUT, in lieu of a CLEAR_FAULTS  
command.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
88  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Status Reporting)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
STATUS_IOUT  
The STATUS_IOUT command returns one byte of I  
status information.  
OUT  
STATUS_IOUT Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
overcurrent fault.  
I
OUT  
6
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
I overcurrent warning.  
OUT  
5
4:0  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
ALERT can be asserted if any supported bits are set. Any supported bit may be cleared by writing a 1 to that bit position in STATUS_IOUT, in lieu of a  
CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
This command has one data byte.  
STATUS_INPUT  
The STATUS_INPUT command returns one byte of V (VINSNS) status information.  
IN  
STATUS_INPUT Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
overvoltage fault.  
V
IN  
6
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
V undervoltage warning.  
IN  
5
4
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
3
Unit off for insufficient V .  
IN  
2:0  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
ALERT can be asserted if bit 7 is set. Bit 7 may be cleared by writing it to a 1, in lieu of a CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
This command has one data byte.  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE  
The STATUS_TEMPERATURE command returns one byte of sensed external temperature status information.  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
External overtemperature fault.  
External overtemperature warning.  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
External undertemperature fault.  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
6
5
4
3:0  
ALERT can be asserted if any supported bits are set. Any supported bit may be cleared by writing a 1 to that bit position in STATUS_TEMPERATURE, in lieu  
of a CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
89  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Status Reporting)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
STATUS_CML  
The STATUS_CML command returns one byte of status information on received commands, internal memory and logic.  
STATUS_CML Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
Invalid or unsupported command received.  
Invalid or unsupported data received.  
Packet error check failed.  
6
5
4
Memory fault detected.  
3
Processor fault detected.  
2
Reserved (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
Other communication fault.  
Other memory or logic fault.  
1
0
ALERT can be asserted if any supported bits are set. Any supported bit may be cleared by writing a 1 to that bit position in STATUS_CML, in lieu of a  
CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
This command has one data byte.  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
The STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC command returns one byte with LTC3882-1 specific status information.  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
Internal temperature fault (>160°C).  
Internal temperature warning (>130°C).  
EEPROM CRC error.  
6
5
4
Internal PLL unlocked.  
Fault log present.  
3
2
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
Output short cycled.  
1
0
FAULT low.  
If any supported bits are set, the MFR bit in the STATUS_WORD will be set and ALERT may be asserted. Any supported bit may be cleared by writing a 1 to  
that bit position in STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC, in lieu of a CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
90  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Status Reporting)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1  
The MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1 command provides status of the LTC3882-1 digital I/O and control pins, in addition to  
general output voltage conditions.  
MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1 Message Contents:  
BIT  
15  
14  
13:12  
11  
10  
9
MEANING  
Channel 1 is a slave.  
Channel 0 is a slave.  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
ADC results for I  
may be invalid.  
OUT  
SYNC output disabled externally.  
Channel 1 POWER_GOOD (normally returns 1 if slave).  
Channel 0 POWER_GOOD (normally returns 1 if slave).  
LTC3882-1 forcing RUN1 low.  
LTC3882-1 forcing RUN0 low.  
RUN1 pin state.  
8
7
6
5
4
RUN0 pin state.  
3
LTC3882-1 forcing FAULT1 low.  
LTC3882-1 forcing FAULT0 low.  
FAULT1 pin state.  
2
1
0
FAULT0 pin state.  
This read-only command has two data bytes.  
MFR_COMMON  
The MFR_COMMON command contains status bits that are common to multiple LTC PMBus products.  
MFR_COMMON Message Contents:  
BIT  
7
MEANING  
LTC3882-1 not forcing ALERT low.  
LTC3882-1 not BUSY.  
6
5
LTC3882-1 calculations not pending.  
LTC3882-1 output not in transition.  
LTC3882-1 EEPROM initialized.  
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
SHARE_CLK timeout.  
4
3
2
1
0
Not supported (LTC3882-1 returns 0).  
This read-only command has one data byte.  
38821f  
91  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Status Reporting)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
CLEAR_FAULTS  
The CLEAR_FAULTS command clears any fault bits that have been set and deasserts (releases) the ALERT pin. This  
command clears all bits in all status commands simultaneously.  
CLEAR_FAULTS does not cause a channel that has latched off for a fault condition to restart. Channels that are latched  
off for a fault condition are restarted when the output is commanded to turn off and then on through the OPERATION  
command or RUN pins, or IC supply power is cycled.  
If a fault is still present when CLEAR_FAULTS is commanded, that fault bit will immediately be set and ALERT again  
asserted low.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
TELEMETRY  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
READ_VIN  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
0x88 Measured V .  
R Word  
R Word  
N
N
L11  
L11  
V
V
IN  
MFR_VIN_PEAK  
0xDE Maximum V measurement since last  
IN  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
READ_VOUT  
0x8B Measured V  
0xDD Maximum V  
.
R Word  
R Word  
Y
Y
L16  
L16  
V
V
OUT  
MFR_VOUT_PEAK  
measurement since last  
OUT  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
READ_IOUT  
0x8C Measured I  
0xD7 Maximum I  
.
R Word  
R Word  
Y
Y
L11  
L11  
A
A
OUT  
MFR_IOUT_PEAK  
measurement since last  
OUT  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
READ_POUT  
0x96 Calculated output power.  
0x8D Measured external temperature.  
R Word  
R Word  
Y
Y
Y
L11  
L11  
L11  
W
°C  
°C  
READ_TEMPERATURE_1  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_1_PEAK  
0xDF Maximum external temperature measurement R Word  
since last MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
READ_TEMPERATURE_2  
0x8E Measured internal temperature.  
R Word  
N
N
L11  
L11  
°C  
°C  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_2_PEAK  
0xF4 Maximum internal temperature measurement R Word  
since last MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS.  
READ_DUTY_CYCLE  
READ_FREQUENCY  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS  
0x94 Measured commanded PWM duty cycle.  
0x95 Measured PWM input clock frequency.  
0xE3 Clear all peak values.  
R Word  
R Word  
Y
Y
N
L11  
L11  
%
kHz  
Send Byte  
Related commands: IOUT_CAL_GAIN, MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC, MFR_PWM_MODE_LTC3882-1  
READ_VIN  
The READ_VIN command returns the input voltage measured between VINSNS and GND in volts.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
92  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(Telemetry)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_VIN_PEAK  
The MFR_VIN_PEAK command reports the highest voltage, in volts, measured for READ_VIN. This peak value can be  
reset by a MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
READ_VOUT  
The READ_VOUT command returns the output voltage measured at the V  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
pins in volts.  
SENSE  
MFR_VOUT_PEAK  
The MFR_VOUT_PEAK command reports the highest voltage, in volts, measured for READ_VOUT. This peak value can  
be reset by a MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_16u format.  
READ_IOUT  
The READ_IOUT command returns the output current in amperes. This value is computed from:  
• The differential voltage measured across the I  
• The IOUT_CAL_GAIN value  
pins  
SENSE  
• The MFR_IOUT_CAL_GAIN_TC value  
• The READ_TEMPERATURE_1 value  
• The MFR_TEMP_1_GAIN value  
• The MFR_TEMP_1_OFFSET value  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
MFR_IOUT_PEAK  
The MFR_IOUT_PEAK command reports the highest current, in amperes, calculated for READ_IOUT. This peak value  
can be reset by a MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
READ_POUT  
The READ_POUT command reports the output power in watts. The value is calculated from the product of the most  
recent correlated output voltage and current readings.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
93  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
(Telemetry)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
READ_TEMPERATURE_1  
The READ_TEMPERATURE_1 command returns the temperature, in degrees Celsius, of the external sense element.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_1_PEAK  
The MFR_TEMPERATURE_1_PEAK command reports the highest temperature, in degrees Celsius, calculated for  
READ_TEMPERATURE_1. This peak value can be reset by a MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
READ_TEMPERATURE_2  
The READ_TEMPERATURE_2 command returns the LTC3882-1 internal temperature in degrees Celsius.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
MFR_TEMPERATURE_2_PEAK  
The MFR_TEMPERATURE_2_PEAK command reports the highest temperature, in degrees Celsius, calculated for  
READ_TEMPERATURE_2. This peak value can be reset by a MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS command.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
READ_DUTY_CYCLE  
The READ_DUTY_CYCLE command returns the duty cycle of the PWM control in percent. This will not be the exact duty  
cycle of the PWM switch node due to efficiency losses in the power stage and current consumption of the LTC3882-1  
itself.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
READ_FREQUENCY  
The READ_FREQUENCY command returns the switching frequency supplied to the internal PLL in kilohertz, whether  
derived internally or provided by external clock on the SYNC pin. This may not be the actual PWM output switching  
frequency during certain exception processing, such as an output overcurrent condition.  
This read-only command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS  
The MFR_CLEAR_PEAKS command resets all stored _PEAK values. The LTC3882-1 determines new peak values after  
this command is received.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
38821f  
94  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
FAULT RESPONSE AND COMMUNICATION  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
COMMAND NAME  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
VALUE  
0x80  
0xB8  
0xB8  
0x00  
0xB8  
0xB8  
0xC0  
0xB8  
l
VIN_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE  
OT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
0x56  
0x41  
0x45  
V
V
V
overvoltage fault response.  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
R/W Byte  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
IN  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
overvoltage fault response.  
undervoltage fault response.  
OUT  
OUT  
0x47 Output overcurrent fault response.  
0x50 External overtemperature fault response.  
0x54 External undertemperature fault response.  
0xD6 Internal overtemperature fault response.  
UT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
TON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE  
0x63 Fault response when  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT is exceeded.  
l
l
l
l
MFR_RETRY_DELAY  
SMBALERT_MASK  
0xDB Minimum time before retry after a fault.  
R/W Word  
Block R/W  
R/W Word  
N
Y
Y
L11  
Reg  
Reg  
ms  
350ms  
0xFABC  
0x1B Mask ALERT Activity.  
See CMD  
Details  
MFR_FAULT_PROPAGATE_  
LTC3882-1  
0xD2 Configure status propagation via FAULTn  
0x6993  
pins.  
MFR_FAULT_RESPONSE  
MFR_FAULT_LOG  
0xD5 PWM response when FAULTn pin is low.  
0xEE Read fault log data.  
R/W Byte  
R Block  
Y
N
N
Reg  
Reg  
0xC0  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_CLEAR  
0xEC Clear existing EEPROM fault log.  
Send Byte  
Related commands: STATUS_BYTE, STATUS_WORD, MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1, MFR_RESTART_DELAY, MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1, MFR_FAULT_  
LOG_STORE, CLEAR_FAULTS  
Thesecommandsdetailprogrammabledeviceresponsesfordetectedfaultsbeyondthehardware-levelactionsdescribed  
in the Operations section. LTC3882-1 hardware-level fault responses cannot be modified. Refer to Table 1 to Table 4  
for details of fault log contents. PMBus warning event responses are listed under _WARN_LIMIT command details.  
VIN_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The VIN_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an input overvolt-  
age fault. The format for this command is given in Table 13. The device also:  
• Sets the INPUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the V Overvoltage Fault Bit in the STATUS_INPUT Command  
IN  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
95  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The VOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an output  
overvoltage fault. The format for this command is given in Table 12. The device also:  
• Sets the VOUT_OV Bit in the STATUS_BYTE  
• Sets the VOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the V  
Overvoltage Fault Bit in the STATUS_VOUT Command  
OUT  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an output  
undervoltage fault. The format for this command is given in Table 12. The device also:  
• Sets the VOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the V  
Undervoltage Fault Bit in the STATUS_VOUT Command,  
OUT  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
Table 12. Data Byte Contents for VOUT_OV_FAULT_RESPONSE and VOUT_UV_FAULT_RESPONSE  
BITS  
DESCRIPTION  
VALUE  
MEANING  
[7:6]  
For all values of bits [7:6], the LTC3882-1:  
00  
The LTC3882-1 continues to operate indefinitely with the  
normal hardware response described in the Operation  
section.  
• Sets the corresponding fault bits in the status commands.  
• Notifies the host by asserting ALERT, unless masked.  
01  
The LTC3882-1 continues operating with the normal  
hardware response for the delay time specified by bits [2:0].  
If the fault is continuously present for the entire delay, the  
unit then disables the output and does attempt to restart.  
The fault, once set, is cleared only when one or more of the  
following events occurs:  
• The device receives a CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
• The corresponding STATUS_VOUT bit is written to a one.  
• The output is commanded off, then on, by the RUN pin or  
OPERATION command.  
• The device receives a RESTORE_USER_ALL command.  
• The device receives an MFR_RESET command.  
• IC supply power is cycled.  
10  
11  
The LTC3882-1 immediately disables the output and  
responds according to the retry setting in bits [5:3].  
Not supported. Writing this value will generate a CML fault.  
[5:3]  
Retry setting.  
000-110 The LTC3882-1 does not attempt to restart. The output  
remains disabled until the fault is cleared, the device is  
commanded off and then on, or bias power (LTC3882-1  
power supply input) is cycled.  
111  
The LTC3882-1 attempts to restart continuously without  
limitation with an interval set by MFR_RETRY_DELAY.  
This response persists until the unit is commanded off, or  
bias power is removed, or another fault response forces  
shutdown without retry.  
[2:0]  
Delay time.  
xxx  
Response delay time in 10ꢀs increments. This delay  
time determines how long the fault may have to persist  
before the controller is disabled, depending on bits [7:6].  
Hardware-level response, if any, will occur during this delay.  
These bits always return zero if bits [7:6] are not set to 0x2.  
38821f  
96  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an output  
overcurrent fault. The device also:  
• Sets the IOUT_OC Bit in the STATUS_BYTE  
• Sets the IOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the I  
Overcurrent Fault Bit in the STATUS_IOUT Command  
OUT  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT  
Output overcurrent faults are ignored during TON_RISE and TOFF_FALL output sequencing.  
Data Byte Contents for IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE:  
BITS  
DESCRIPTION  
VALUE  
MEANING  
[7:6]  
For all values of bits [7:6], the LTC3882-1:  
0x  
The LTC3882-1 continues to operate indefinitely with the  
normal hardware response described in the Operation  
section.  
• Sets the corresponding fault bits in the status commands.  
• Notifies the host by asserting ALERT, unless masked.  
10  
11  
The LTC3882-1 continues operating with the normal  
hardware response for the delay time specified by bits  
[2:0]. If the fault is continuously present for the entire delay,  
the unit then disables the output and does not attempt to  
restart.  
The fault, once set, is cleared only when one or more of the  
following events occurs:  
• The device receives a CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
• The corresponding STATUS_IOUT bit is written to a one.  
• The output is commanded off, then on, by the RUN pin or  
OPERATION command.  
• The device receives a RESTORE_USER_ALL command.  
• The device receives an MFR_RESET command.  
• IC supply power is cycled.  
The LTC3882-1 shuts down (disables the output) and  
responds according to the retry setting in bits [5:3].  
[5:3]  
[2:0]  
Retry setting.  
000-110 The LTC3882-1 does not attempt to restart. The output  
remains disabled until the fault is cleared, the device is  
commanded off and then on, or bias power is cycled.  
111  
The LTC3882-1 attempts to restart continuously without  
limitation with an interval set by MFR_RETRY_DELAY.  
This response persists until the unit is commanded off,  
bias power is removed, or another fault response forces  
shutdown without retry.  
Delay time.  
xxx  
Response delay time in 16ms increments. This delay time  
determines how long the fault may have to persist before  
the controller is disabled, depending on bits [7:6]. These  
bits always return zero if bits [7:6] are not set to 0x2.  
Programming an unsupported IOUT_OC_FAULT_RESPONSE value will generate a CML fault and the command will  
be ignored.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
97  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
OT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The OT_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an overtemperature  
fault. The format for this command is given in Table 13. The device also:  
• Sets the TEMPERATURE Bit in the STATUS_BYTE  
• Sets the Overtemperature Fault Bit in the STATUS_TEMPERATURE Command  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
UT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The UT_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an undertemperature  
fault. The format for this command is given in Table 13. The device also:  
• Sets the TEMPERATURE Bit in the STATUS_BYTE  
• Sets the Undertemperature Fault Bit in the STATUS_TEMPERATURE Command  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to an internal  
overtemperature fault (150°C to 160°C). The device also:  
• Sets the MFR Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the Overtemperature Fault Bit in the STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC Command  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
Supported Values:  
VALUE  
0xC0  
MEANING  
The LTC3882-1 continues to operate indefinitely with the normal hardware response described in the Operation section.  
0x80  
The LTC3882-1 shuts down immediately and does not attempt to restart. The output remains disabled until the fault is cleared and the unit  
is commanded off and then on, or bias power (LTC3882-1 power supply input) is cycled.  
Programming an unsupported MFR_OT_FAULT_RESPONSE value will generate a CML fault and the command will be  
ignored.  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
98  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
TON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The TON_MAX_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to a TON_MAX  
fault. The format for this command is given in Table 13. The device also:  
• Sets the VOUT Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets the TON_MAX_FAULT Bit in the STATUS_VOUT Command  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
Table 13. Data Byte Contents for the Following _FAULT_RESPONSE Commands: VIN_OV, OT, UT and TON_MAX  
BITS  
DESCRIPTION  
VALUE  
00  
MEANING  
[7:6]  
For all values of bits [7:6], the LTC3882-1:  
The LTC3882-1 continues operating without interruption.  
Not supported. Writing this value will generate a CML fault.  
• Sets the corresponding fault bits in the status commands.  
• Notifies the host by asserting ALERT, unless masked.  
01  
10  
The LTC3882-1 shuts down immediately (disables the  
output) and responds according to the retry setting in bits  
[5:3].  
The fault, once set, is cleared only when one or more of the  
following events occurs:  
• The device receives a CLEAR_FAULTS command.  
• The corresponding fault bit is written to a one.  
• The output is commanded off, then on, by the RUN pin or  
OPERATION command.  
11  
Not supported. Writing this value will generate a CML fault.  
• The device receives a RESTORE_USER_ALL command.  
• The device receives an MFR_RESET command.  
• IC supply power is cycled.  
[5:3]  
[2:0]  
Retry setting.  
000-110 The LTC3882-1 does not attempt to restart. The output  
remains disabled until the fault is cleared, the device is  
commanded off and then on, or bias power is cycled.  
111  
The LTC3882-1 attempts to restart continuously without  
limitation with an interval set by MFR_RETRY_DELAY.  
This response persists until the unit is commanded off,  
bias power is removed, or another fault response forces  
shutdown without retry.  
Delay time.  
xxx  
Not supported. Values ignored.  
MFR_RETRY_DELAY  
The MFR_RETRY_DELAY command sets the time in milliseconds between restart attempts for all retry fault responses.  
The actual retry delay may be the longer of MFR_RETRY_DELAY or the time required for the output voltage to decay  
below 12.5% of its programmed value. Decay qualification can be disabled using the MFR_CHAN_CONFIG_LTC3882-1  
command. Retry delay starts once the fault is no longer detected by the LTC3882-1 or its FAULT pin is externally re-  
leased. Legal values run from 120ms to 32.7 seconds.  
This command has two data bytes in Linear_5s_11s format.  
38821f  
99  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
SMBALERT_MASK  
The SMBALERT_MASK command can be used to prevent a particular status bit or bits from asserting ALERT as they  
are asserted.  
Figure 51 shows an example of the Write Word format used to set an ALERT mask, in this case without PEC. The bits  
in the mask byte align with bits in the specified status register. For example, if the STATUS_TEMPERATURE command  
code is sent in the first data byte, and the mask byte contains 0x40, then a subsequent External Overtemperature Warn-  
ing would still set bit 6 of STATUS_TEMPERATURE but not assert ALERT. All other supported STATUS_TEMPERATURE  
bits would continue to assert ALERT if set.  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
1
SLAVE  
ADDRESS  
SMBALERT_MASK  
COMMAND CODE  
STATUS_x  
COMMAND CODE  
S
W
A
A
A
MASK BYTE  
A
P
38821 F51  
Figure 51. Example of Setting SMBALERT_MASK  
Figure 52 shows an example of the Block Write – Block Read Process Call protocol used to read back the present state  
of any supported status register, again without PEC.  
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
SLAVE  
ADDRESS  
SMBALERT_MASK  
COMMAND CODE  
BLOCK COUNT  
(= 1)  
STATUS_x  
COMMAND CODE  
S
W
A
A
A
A
1
7
1
1
8
1
8
1
1
SLAVE  
ADDRESS  
BLOCK COUNT  
(= 1)  
Sr  
R
A
A
MASK BYTE  
NA  
P
38821 F52  
Figure 52. Example of Reading SMBALERT_MASK  
SMBALERT_MASK cannot be applied to STATUS_BYTE, STATUS_WORD, MFR_COMMON or MFR_PADS_LTC3882-1.  
Factory default masking for applicable status registers is shown below. Providing an unsupported command code to  
SMBALERT_MASK will generate a CML for Invalid/Unsupported Data.  
SMBALERT_MASK Default Setting: (Refer Also to Figure 2)  
STATUS RESISTER  
STATUS_VOUT  
ALERT Mask Value MASKED BITS  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x11  
None  
STATUS_IOUT  
None  
STATUS_TEMPERATURE  
STATUS_CML  
None  
None  
STATUS_INPUT  
None  
STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC  
Bit 4 (internal PLL unlocked), bit 0 (FAULT low)  
38821f  
100  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_FAULT_PROPAGATE_LTC3882-1  
The MFR_FAULT_PROPAGATE_LTC3882-1 command determines events that cause FAULT to be asserted. Setting a  
bit in this register to a one allows the specified condition to assert the FAULT output for that channel. FAULT is not as-  
serted by a fault, even if set to propagate, if that FAULT_RESPONSE is set to Ignore. The state of SMBLALERT_MASK  
does not affect FAULT propagation.  
Supported Values:  
BIT  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
PROPAGATED CONDITION  
Waiting for V decay before restart.  
OUT  
V
OUT  
short cycled (automatically deasserted 120ms after V  
is fully OFF).  
OUT  
TON_MAX_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
(Reserved, must be set to 0).  
MFR_OT_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
(Reserved, must be set to 0).  
(Reserved, must be set to 0).  
UT_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
OT_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
(Reserved).  
8
7
6
5
(Reserved).  
4
VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
(Reserved).  
3
2
IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT exceeded.  
1
0
This command has two data bytes.  
MFR_FAULT_RESPONSE  
The MFR_FAULT_RESPONSE command instructs the device on what action to take in response to a FAULT pin being  
pulled low by anything other than an internal fault.  
Supported Values:  
VALUE  
0xC0  
MEANING  
Related PWM output is immediately disabled.  
Input ignored, PWM operation continues without interruption.  
0x00  
When a FAULT pin is low, the device also:  
• Sets the MFR_SPECIFIC Bit in the STATUS_WORD  
• Sets Bit 0 in the STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC Command to Indicate FAULT Is or Has Been Low  
• Notifies the Host by Asserting ALERT, Unless Masked  
This command has one data byte.  
38821f  
101  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Fault Response and Communication)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
MFR_FAULT_LOG  
The MFR_FAULT_LOG command allows the contents of the fault log to be read. This log is created with a  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_STOREcommandoratthefirstfaultoccurrenceafteraCLEAR_FAULTSorMFR_FAULT_LOG_CLEAR  
command. If a fault occurs within the first second after applying power, some earlier pages in the log may not contain  
valid data.  
This read-only command uses block protocol with 147 bytes of data requiring an estimated data transfer time of 3.4ms  
at 400kHz. The t  
parameter is extended when this command is executed and a fault log is present.  
TIMEOUT  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_CLEAR  
The MFR_FAULT_LOG_CLEAR command erases all stored fault log values. After a clear is issued, up to 8ms may be  
required to clear related bit 3 in STATUS_MFR_SPECIFIC.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
EEPROM USER ACCESS  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
STORE_USER_ALL  
RESTORE_USER_ALL  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
0x15 Store entire operating memory in EEPROM.  
Send Byte  
Send Byte  
N
N
NA  
NA  
0x16 Restore entire operating memory from  
EEPROM.  
MFR_COMPARE_USER_ALL  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE  
0xF0 Compare operating memory with EEPROM  
contents.  
Send Byte  
Send Byte  
N
N
0xEA Force transfer of fault log from operating  
memory to EEPROM.  
MFR_EE_UNLOCK  
MFR_EE_ERASE  
MFR_EE_DATA  
USER_DATA_00  
USER_DATA_01  
USER_DATA_02  
USER_DATA_03  
0xBD (contact the factory)  
0xBE (contact the factory)  
0xBF (contact the factory)  
l
0xB0 EEPROM word reserved for LTpowerPlay.  
0xB1 EEPROM word reserved for LTpowerPlay.  
0xB2 EEPROM word reserved for OEM use.  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
R/W Word  
N
Y
N
Y
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
Reg  
l
l
l
0xB3 EEPROM word available for general data  
storage.  
0x0000  
0x0000  
l
USER_DATA_04  
0xB4 EEPROM word available for general data  
storage.  
R/W Word  
N
Reg  
Related commands: MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1  
Note that if the LTC3882-1 die temperature exceeds 130°C, execution of any command in the above table except RE-  
STORE_USER_ALL and MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE will be disabled until the IC temperature drops below 125°C. RE-  
STORE_USER_ALL is executed immediately, and MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE is executed after the IC temperature drops  
below 125°C. Refer to Table 4 for details of fault log contents. Using any command that writes data to the EEPROM is  
strongly discouraged if bit 6 of STATUS_MFR_ SPECIFIC is set, indicating the internal die temperature is above 85°C.  
Data retention of 10 years is not guaranteed if the EEPROM is written above a junction temperature of 85°C.  
38821f  
102  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(EEPROM User Access)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
STORE_USER_ALL  
The STORE_USER_ALL command instructs the PMBus device to copy the entire contents of the operating memory to  
internal EEPROM PMBus configuration space.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
RESTORE_USER_ALL  
The RESTORE_USER_ALL command instructs the PMBus device to copy the entire contents of the internal EEPROM  
to matching locations in operating memory. The values in operating memory are overwritten by the values retrieved  
from EEPROM. Both channels should be turned off prior to issuing this command. The LTC3882-1 ensures both PWM  
channels are off, loads the operating memory from internal EEPROM, clears all faults, reads the resistor configuration  
pins, and then performs a soft-start of both PWM channels, if enabled  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
MFR_COMPARE_USER_ALL  
The MFR_COMPARE_USER_ALL command instructs the LTC3882-1 to compare current operating memory (PMBus  
command values in RAM) with the contents of the internal EEPROM. If the compared memories differ, a CML fault is  
generated.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
MFR_FAULT_LOG_STORE  
TheMFR_FAULT_LOG_STOREcommandforcesadatalogtobewrittentointernalEEPROMasifafaulteventhadoccurred.  
This command will generate a CML fault if the Enable Fault Logging bit is cleared in MFR_CONFIG_ALL_LTC3882-1.  
This write-only command has no data bytes.  
MFR_EE_xxxx  
The MFR_EE_xxxx commands facilitate bulk programming of the LTC3882-1 internal EEPROM. Contact the factory  
for details.  
USER_DATA_0x  
The USER_DATA_0x commands provide uncommitted EEPROM locations that may be applied as system scratchpad  
space. USER_DATA_00 and USER_DATA_01 should not be modified when using the LTpowerPlay GUI. Some contract  
manufacturers also reserve use of USER_DATA_02 for their own inventory control.  
38821f  
103  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
(Unit Identification)  
pMbucoMManD DeTails  
UNIT IDENTIFICATION  
CMD  
DATA  
DEFAULT  
VALUE  
COMMAND NAME  
MFR_ID  
CODE DESCRIPTION  
TYPE  
PAGED FORMAT UNITS NVM  
0x99 Manufacturer identification.  
0x9A LTC model number.  
R String  
R String  
R Block  
N
N
N
ASC  
ASC  
Reg  
LTC  
MFR_MODEL  
MFR_SERIAL  
LTC3882-1  
0x9E Device serial number.  
MFR_ID  
The MFR_ID command returns the manufacturer ID of the LTC3882-1 using 8-bit ASCII characters.  
This read-only command is in block format.  
MFR_MODEL  
The MFR_MODEL command returns the LTC part number using 8-bit ASCII characters.  
This read-only command is in block format.  
MFR_SERIAL  
The MFR_SERIAL command returns the serial number of this specific device using a maximum of fourteen 8-bit ASCII  
characters.  
This read-only command is in block format.  
38821f  
104  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
 
 
 
LTC3882-1  
Typical applicaTions  
38821f  
105  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
Typical applicaTions  
38821f  
106  
For more information www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  
LTC3882-1  
package DescripTion  
Please refer to http://www.linear.com/designtools/packaging/ for the most recent package drawings.  
UJ Package  
40-Lead Plastic QFN (6mm × 6mm)  
(Reference LTC DWG # 05-08-ꢀ728 Rev Ø)  
0.70 0.05  
6.50 0.05  
5.ꢀ0 0.05  
4.42 0.05  
4.50 0.05  
(4 SIDES)  
4.42 0.05  
PACKAGE OUTLINE  
0.25 0.05  
0.50 BSC  
RECOMMENDED SOLDER PAD PITCH AND DIMENSIONS  
APPLY SOLDER MASK TO AREAS THAT ARE NOT SOLDERED  
0.75 0.05  
R = 0.ꢀꢀ5  
TYP  
6.00 0.ꢀ0  
(4 SIDES)  
R = 0.ꢀ0  
TYP  
39 40  
0.40 0.ꢀ0  
PIN ꢀ TOP MARK  
(SEE NOTE 6)  
2
PIN ꢀ NOTCH  
R = 0.45 OR  
0.35 × 45°  
CHAMFER  
4.42 0.ꢀ0  
4.50 REF  
(4-SIDES)  
4.42 0.ꢀ0  
(UJ40) QFN REV Ø 0406  
0.200 REF  
0.25 0.05  
0.50 BSC  
0.00 – 0.05  
NOTE:  
BOTTOM VIEW—EXPOSED PAD  
ꢀ. DRAWING IS A JEDEC PACKAGE OUTLINE VARIATION OF (WJJD-2)  
2. DRAWING NOT TO SCALE  
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS  
4. DIMENSIONS OF EXPOSED PAD ON BOTTOM OF PACKAGE DO NOT INCLUDE  
MOLD FLASH. MOLD FLASH, IF PRESENT, SHALL NOT EXCEED 0.20mm ON ANY SIDE, IF PRESENT  
5. EXPOSED PAD SHALL BE SOLDER PLATED  
6. SHADED AREA IS ONLY A REFERENCE FOR PIN ꢀ LOCATION ON THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF PACKAGE  
38821f  
Information furnished by Linear Technology Corporation is believed to be accurate and reliable.  
However, no responsibility is assumed for its use. Linear Technology Corporation makes no representa-  
tion that the interconnection of its circuits as described herein will not infringe on existing patent rights.  
107  
LTC3882-1  
Typical applicaTion  
V
IN  
7V TO 14V  
1Ω  
+
330µF  
×2  
100nF  
5V  
BIAS  
+5V INPUT SUPPLY  
V
1µF  
2.2µF  
DD33  
V
V
CC  
DD25  
10Ω  
2k  
INPUT SUPPLY +5V TO +12V  
V
IN  
2.2µF  
4.99k  
1µF  
4.7µF  
10k  
10k  
10k  
10k  
4.99k  
24  
22  
4
25  
1µF  
SMOD  
4.99k  
V
DD33  
V
VINSNS  
V
DD25  
CC  
22µF  
×2  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
7
6
38  
SCL  
V
PHASE GH CGND GND BOOT  
FDMF6820A  
V
V
CIN  
PWM0  
PWM0  
IN  
DRV  
100k  
V
SDA  
DD33  
PGOOD0  
+
PWM  
PWM0  
L1  
ALERT  
FAULT0  
I
SENSE0  
0.22µH  
PULSE  
DISB  
RUN  
37  
36  
35  
40  
PGND  
V
+
OUT0  
1.8V, 30A  
V
I
V
V
FAULT1  
RUN0  
RUN1  
SWH  
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
SENSE0  
14  
15  
23  
8
+
RUN  
CGND  
100µF  
×4  
470µF  
×4  
1.21k  
GL  
FB0  
SHARE_CLK  
SYNC  
GND  
137Ω  
10nF  
0.22µF  
100pF  
1
COMP0  
PLACE Q1,Q2 NEAR L1, L2 RESPECTIVELY  
10nF 10nF  
LTC3882-1  
7.32k  
220pF  
16  
17  
ASEL0  
ASEL1  
16.2k  
17.4k  
V
2
3
Q1  
Q2  
DD25  
TSNS0  
TSNS1  
5V  
BIAS  
220pF  
7.32k  
28  
29  
COMP1  
FB1  
1µF  
2.2µF  
10Ω  
2k  
10nF  
100pF  
18  
19  
20  
21  
39  
30  
137Ω  
V
IN  
V
V
OUT0_CFG  
OUT1_CFG  
1µF  
SMOD  
33  
34  
32  
31  
26  
27  
+
V
V
SENSE1  
FREQ_CFG  
PHAS_CFG  
22µF  
×2  
0.22µF  
1.21k  
SENSE1  
V
PHASE GH CGND GND BOOT  
FDMF6820A  
V
V
CIN  
IN  
DRV  
I
I
I
AVG0  
SENSE1  
PWM  
PWM1  
RUN  
+
I
AVG1  
SENSE1  
DISB  
PWM1  
PWM1  
100k  
PGND  
V
V
I
OUT1  
1V, 40A  
470µF  
DD33  
AVG_GND  
PGOOD1  
GND  
41  
V
SWH  
L2  
0.22µH  
PULSE  
5
+
CGND  
100µF  
×4  
×4  
DrMOS: FAIRCHILD FD6802A  
GL  
GND  
38821 F55  
Figure 55. 1V/40A and 1.8V/30A 500kHz Converter with DrMOS Power Stage  
relaTeD parTs  
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION  
COMMENTS  
LTM4676A  
Dual 13A or Single 26A Step-Down DC/DC ꢀModule  
Regulator with Digital Power Management  
V
Up to 26.5V; 0.5V ≤ V  
( 0.5%) ≤ 5.4V, 2% I  
ADC Accuracy,  
IN  
OUT  
OUT  
2
Fault Logging, I C/PMBus Interface, 16mm × 16mm × 5mm, BGA  
Package  
2
LTC3887/  
LTC3887-1  
Dual Output PolyPhase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with  
Digital Power System Management, 70ms Start-Up  
V
Up to 24V, 0.5V ≤ V  
≤ 5.5V, 70mS Start-Up, I C/PMBus  
IN  
OUT0,1  
Interface, with EEPROM and 16-Bit ADC. –1 Version Operates with  
DrMOS and Power Blocks  
2
LTC3886  
60V Dual Output Step-Down Controller with Digital Power  
System Management. 70ms Start-Up  
V
Up to 60V, 0.5V ≤ V  
≤ 13.8V, Analog Control Loop, I C/  
IN  
OUT  
PMBus Interface with EEPROM and 16-Bit ADC, Programmable Loop  
Compensation  
2
LTC3880/  
LTC3880-1  
Dual Output PolyPhase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with  
Digital Power System Management  
V
Up to 24V, 0.5V ≤ V  
≤ 5.5V, Analog Control Loop, I C/PMBus  
IN  
OUT  
Interface with EEPROM and 16-Bit ADC  
2
LTC3883/  
LTC3883-1  
Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power  
System Management  
V
Up to 24V, 0.5V ≤ V  
≤ 5.5V, Input Current Sense Amplifier, I C/  
IN  
OUT  
PMBus Interface with EEPROM and 16-Bit ADC  
LTC2977  
LTC2974  
LTC3774  
LTC3861  
LTC4449  
8-Channel PMBus Power System Manager Featuring  
Accurate Output Voltage Measurement  
Fault Logging to Internal EEPROM Monitors Eight Output Voltages, Input  
Voltage and Die Temperature  
Quad Digital Power Supply Manager with EEPROM  
Controls and Monitors Four Outputs, 16-Bit ADC, Differential Inputs,  
with Fault Logging  
Dual, Multiphase Current Mode Synchronous Controller for  
Sub-Milliohm DCR Sensing, with Remote Sense  
Operates with Power Blocks, DrMOS Devices or External MOSFETs 4.5V  
≤ V ≤ 38V  
IN  
Dual, Multiphase, Synchronous Step-Down DC/DC Controller Operates with Power Blocks, DrMOS Devices or External MOSFETs 3V≤  
with Accurate Current Share  
V
IN  
≤ 24V  
High Speed Synchronous N-Channel MOSFET Driver  
V
Up to 38V, 4V ≤ V ≤ 6.5V, Adaptive Shoot-Through Protection,  
CC  
IN  
2mm × 3mm DFN-8 Package  
38821f  
LT 0915 • PRINTED IN USA  
LinearTechnology Corporation  
1630 McCarthy Blvd., Milpitas, CA 95035-7417  
108  
LINEAR TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION 2015  
(408)432-1900 FAX: (408) 434-0507 www.linear.com/LTC3882-1  

相关型号:

LTC3882EUJ-1#TRPBF

LTC3882-1 - Dual Output PolyPhase Step-Down DC/DC Voltage Mode Controller with Digital Power System Management; Package: QFN; Pins: 40; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 85&deg;C
Linear

LTC3882G

Optoelectronic
ETC

LTC3882IUJ-1#PBF

LTC3882-1 - Dual Output PolyPhase Step-Down DC/DC Voltage Mode Controller with Digital Power System Management; Package: QFN; Pins: 40; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 85&deg;C
Linear

LTC3882P

Optoelectronic
ETC

LTC3883

Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management
Linear

LTC3883-1

Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management
Linear

LTC3883-1_15

Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management
Linear

LTC3883EUH

3-Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Power System Management
Linear

LTC3883EUH#PBF

LTC3883/LTC3883-1 - Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management; Package: QFN; Pins: 32; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 85&deg;C
Linear

LTC3883EUH-1#PBF

LTC3883/LTC3883-1 - Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management; Package: QFN; Pins: 32; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 85&deg;C
Linear

LTC3883IUH#PBF

LTC3883/LTC3883-1 - Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management; Package: QFN; Pins: 32; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 85&deg;C
Linear

LTC3883IUH-1#PBF

LTC3883/LTC3883-1 - Single Phase Step-Down DC/DC Controller with Digital Power System Management; Package: QFN; Pins: 32; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 85&deg;C
Linear